Skip to main content

Full text of "Literature review on the geologic aspects of inner shelf cross-shore sediment transport"

See other formats


US Army Corps 

of Engineers 
Waterways Experiment 
Station 


Miscellaneous Paper CERC-95-3 


Literature Review on the Geologic 
Aspects of Inner Shelf Cross-Shore 


Sediment Transport 


by J. Bailey Smith 


on 


4 DOCUMENT 
* Woods Hole ee, 
Institution 


Approved For Public Release; Distribution Is Unlimited 


(033 
4 


| Ua 


Prepared for Headquarters, U.S. Army Corps of Engineers 


The contents of this report are not to be used for advertising, 
publication, or promotional purposes. Citation of trade names 
does not constitute an official endorsement or approval of the use 
of such commercial products. 


OEMCO 


& PRINTED ON RECYCLED PAPER 


Miscellaneous Paper CERC-95-3 
February 1995 


Literature Review on the Geologic 
Aspects of Inner Shelf Cross-Shore 
Sediment Transport 


by J. Bailey Smith 


U.S. Army Corps of Engineers 
Waterways Experiment Station 
3909 Halls Ferry Road 
Vicksburg, MS 39180-6199 


CL 


Final report 


Approved for public release; distribution is unlimited 


Prepared for U.S. Army Corps of Engineers 
Washington, DC 20314-1000 


US Army Corps 
of Engineers 
Waterways Experiment 
Station 


PUBLIC AFFAIRS OFFICE 

U. S. ARMY ENGINEER 

WATERWAYS EXPERIMENT STATION 
3909 HALLS FERRY ROAD 
VICKSBURG, MISSISSIPP] 39160-6199 
PHONE : (601)634-2502 


AREA OF RESERVATION = 2.7 sq kro 


Waterways Experiment Station Cataloging-in-Publication Data 


Smith, J. Bailey. 

Literature review on the geologic aspects of inner shelf cross-shore 
sediment transport / by J. Bailey Smith ; prepared for U.S. Army Corps of 
Engineers. 

161 p. : ill. ; 28 cm. — (Miscellaneous paper ; CERC-95-3) 

Includes bibliographic references. 

1. Continental shelf — Sediment transport — Bibliography. 

2. Continental shelf — Physical geography. 3. Geology, Stratigraphic. 
4. Sediment transport — Bibliography. |. United States. Army. Corps of 
Engineer. Il. U.S. Army Engineer Waterways Experiment Station. 

Ill. Coastal Engineering Research Center (U.S.) IV. Title. V. Series: 
Miscellaneous paper (U.S. Army Engineer Waterways Experiment 
Station) ; CERC-95-3. 

TA7 W34m no.CERC-95-3 


Contents 


PLeLACe es ceserees mista amen eeteienr tite Po etter lod Mu ematoist Ses carlisle ie vi 
I Introductiones ace pae ene ase «apse Mnsizeteaeisivene fal iehe! Fete) 26 01s 1 
IBURDOSC teers uae Coss esa cae te choi stersei lc wencomlic ane ie teaacl euteleans Jewucticline 7 
Outlinerof Chapters) este even eccsticnie. stucieleeie sy sppsucness ecole st orl se 3 
2=—InnerohelfConce ptsiaicarties Sick eae) ee eS see 4 
Introduction eae, sete RS eed ceceh ons ates aya tohiaett ela catrepae 4 
EquilibriumiProfile marge parseisi teen acu deireiacrr. (gh roy uilstetoustsss tt 4 
DepthiofcClosure wake eee eae ae ee epee ead 7 
Inner Shelf Geologic Framework Importance ............ 15) 
3—Evidence of Cross-Shore Sediment Transport ............ 19 
INtrodUCtON ete map aneraiancn emis tar etes ei tes on Stasereyicne ee naval ey eth oe 19 
Mechanisms of Inner Shelf Sediment Transport ........... 19 
Surf Zone Cross-Shore Sediment Transport ............. 22 
Inner Shelf Cross-Shore Sediment Transport............. 24 
Beach-Inner Shelf Sediment Exchange/Losses ............ 32 
Storm/Fair-Weather Sediment Transport ............... 35 
Storm Sedimentation Models... >. 4)... 3 6 2 a Be es ss 38 
4—Sedimentary Features/Stratigraphy of the Inner Shelf ........ 40 
UN CROGUCHIOM rs ten cers, oh eleuio le Neca cave re enles mits gegen abana earoner ements te 40 
Examples of Inner Shelf Sedimentary Features ........... 41 
Inner Shelf;Stratigraphy. #2 ye es Cet se sh cede. 3) 55 
OUTIL Vier oe mec gest tees ay ok eae eyelet Ce Ragen PN tice HUES ace ee dS 65 
References treh getters settee. 1S ere aes INOEp S00: Rea ee Re 68 
AP PENGix7 AG GLOSSAaty fis, iaicsec vee ieee cee ee em Necie ee S BS Al 
Appendix B: Bibliography with Respect to Topic ............ Bl 


Appendix C: Bibliography with Respect to Topic and Location. ... Cl 
SF 298 


List of Figures 


Figure 1. 


Figure 2. 


Figure 3. 


Figure 4. 


Figure 5. 


Figure 6. 
Figure 7. 


Figure 8. 


Figure 9. 


Figure 10. 


Figure 11. 


Figure 12. 


Figure 13. 


Figure 14. 


Continental shelf cross-sectional profile (site specific to 
the mid-Atlantic Bight of the United States)........ 2D, 


Translation of the original equilibrium profile in response 
to a rising sea level (after Bruun (1962)).......... 5 


Possible inner shelf types resulting from different 
characteristics of underlying geology............ 8 


Fluctuations of inner shelf bed form zones and initiation 
of sediment motion with respect to significant wave 
Height (H) and period (T) (after Boyd (1981)) ...... 11 


Survey data from Duck, NC, from August 1981 to 
December 1982 showing fluctuation of closure depth as 
indicated by vertical arrows (after Birkemeier (1985)) .. 12 


Location of the Outer Banks of North Carolina ...... 17 


Geologic cross section through the Outer Banks at 

Rodanthe showing the Pleistocene units cropping out on 

the inner shelf forming Wimble Shoals (after Pilkey 

Chal (QOS) era cm eo ReR he aise) SoA Cette I ced leh 18 


Cross-shelf profile of the inner shelf off Duck, North 
Carolina (after Wright et al.in press)............ 31 


Relationship between rate of net sediment deposition/ 
erosion and rate of sea level rise/fall 


(after: CurraysQI9G4))) mieten eenaia ss oa Lo ee ae ace ee 42 
Morphology of the Middle Atlantic Bight 
(after, Swift\(1975)) seas 2 tuna eerdee PIP as st oh eS 43 


Gradation from two-dimensional to three-dimensional 
bed forms and flat beds with increasing flow strength 
(after: Reineckcand:Singhi (1986))i 0s este 46 


Two-dimensional and three-dimensional bed forms. 
Vortices and flow patterns are shown by arrows above 
the dunes (after Reineck and Singh (1986)) ........ 47 


Block diagrams showing (a) planar and (b) trough 
cross-bedding as seen in horizontal, transverse, and 
longitudinal sections (after Reineck and Singh (1986)) . 49 


Classification of symmetric and reversing ripples based 

on the ratio of tipple length to square root of grain 

diameter (D>! ) and ratio of orbital diameter to grain 
diameter (d,/D) (after Clifton (1976) based on data from 
Inman.(1957) and Dingler GU974)) cos miei yes eee 52 


Figure 15. 


Figure 16. 


Figure 17. 


Stability fields for bed forms produced in very fine sand 
in collinear combined-flow water tunnel (from Arnott 
and’ Southardt@l990)))\ eae ces eee cess ee ee eee 54 


Cross-shore sequence of structures commonly found off 
the coast of southern Oregon (after Clifton (1976)) .... 55 


Probable sequence of events producing hummocky cross- 
stratification on the inner shelf (after Duke, Arnott, and 
GREE]IGTOO MN reer iln cyan eq NUs ee ot sae ua val Re eer se 63 


List of Tables 


Table 1. 


Table 2. 


Table 3. 


Table 4. 


Variation in Depths of D, and Nourishment Foot for 
Different Wave Conditions and Storm Return Periods 
(romeStivete tialiG@9.92))\ ieee sorely om ire ainy elisa 14 


Relationships Between Depth of Rippling and a Variety 
of Surface Wave Conditions (after Komar, Neudeck, 
andekulmi@9i2)) een ea re eee rare 34 


Summary of Environmental Conditions at Duck, North 
Carolina, for Different Events (after Wright et al. 
CL OSI) Ee RRS Me ee REE hy) SS PE a eS 35 


Hierarchy of Bed Form Formation by Increasing Energy 
(aftersHarmsie tal 4G197/5)) vw arate: ouch eilsucuceeee 46 


Preface 


The study reported herein results from research performed by the U.S. 
Army Engineer Waterways Experiment Station (WES), Coastal 
Engineering Research Center (CERC) under the Geologic Analysis of 
Shelf/Beach Sediment Interchange Work Unit 32821, Coastal Geology and 
Geotechnology Program, authorized by Headquarters, U.S. Army Corps of 
Engineers (HQUSACE). Mssrs. John F. C. Sanda, John G. Housley, and 
John H. Lockhart were HQUSACE Technical Monitors. Ms. Carolyn 
Holmes was CERC Program Manager. 


This report was prepared by Mr. J. Bailey Smith, Coastal Geology 
Unit, Coastal Structures and Evaluation Branch (CSEB), Engineering 
Development Division (EDD), CERC, under the general supervision of 
Mr. Thomas W. Richardson, Chief, EDD, and Ms. Joan Pope, Chief, 
CSEB. Director of CERC was Dr. James R. Houston, and Assistant 
Director was Mr. Charles C. Calhoun, Jr. Mr. William A. Birkemeier and 
Mr. Andrew Morang, EDD, provided suggestions as to the content of the 
report. 


At the time of publication of this report, Director of WES was 
Dr. Robert W. Whalin. Commander was COL Bruce K. Howard, EN. 


The contents of this report are not to be used for advertising, publication, 
or promotional purposes. Citation of trade names does not constitute an 
official endorsement or approval of the use of such commercial products. 


Chapter 1 


1 Introduction 


This literature review addresses sediment transport across the inner por- 
tion of the continental shelf, also referred to as the shoreface, or, as in this 
report, the inner shelf (Figure 1). The inner shelf extends from the sea- 
ward edge of the surf zone to the landward edge of the continental shelf. 
It is affected by the strong agitation that results from sediment resuspen- 
sion caused by shoaling of nonbreaking waves. The inner shelf is friction- 
dominated by both bottom and sea-surface boundary layers which overlap 
and frequently occupy the entire water column (Wright, in press). The 
inner shelf differs from the surf zone, which is also characterized by 
strong agitation of the bed by waves. The bed of the surf zone, however, 
is affected by the bore-like translation of waves following wave breaking 
(Komar 1976), and by wave-induced longshore currents and rip currents. 


Cross-shore transport of sediment across the inner shelf has a great 
effect upon short- and long-term fluctuations of beach and surf zone sand 
storage as well as the morphology and stratigraphy of the inner shelf. 
Although surf zone and nearshore processes and sediment transport have 
been extensively addressed in the literature, inner shelf processes and sedi- 
ment transport, particularly in the cross-shore direction, are not well 
understood. The complexity and interdependence of the mechanisms con- 
trolling transport on the inner shelf make it very difficult to comprehen- 
sively understand and describe the processes affecting sediment on the 
inner shelf. In response to this, Wright (1987) stated that a goal of the 
scientific community should be “to devise a more universal conceptual 
framework capable of better accounting for shoreface transport, erosion, 
and deposition in time and space.” 


Knowledge of sediment transport to and from the inner shelf region has 
important implications to engineering works such as beachfill design and 
dredged material placement. In computing a sediment budget for a beach- 
fill project, offshore gains and losses are usually assumed to be negligible 
in the sediment budget calculations. While this assumption recognizes the 
difficulty in quantifying inner shelf exchanges, it is probably incorrect dur- 
ing significant events. Defining limits for the active nearshore profile 
under varying conditions can aid in placing dredged material so that it 
will likely move onshore, offshore, or remain stable. 


Introduction 


Horners Surf Inner Continental Continental! 
one. Zone Shelf (Shoreface) Outer Continental! Sheif Slope 


Shelf Break 
‘ (Average Depth 
Section 130 m) 


"Depth of Closure” 
(Depth Fluctuates 
According to 
Conditions) 


Seafloor Normal Strong Bed { Periodic Bed 2 4 
Response Agitation By Waves Agitation By Waves : 
: I 
Littoral Zone Shoal Zone | Offshore Zone (Hollermeier 19810) 
30 200 


im m 

‘ Wright 1987 Komar, Neudeck 

Evidence of Sediment ae ) a Kulm 1972) 
Tronsport @ Water Depth 17m (Hayes1967a, 


Pearson and Riggs 1981) 


Figure 1. Continental shelf cross-sectional profile (site specific to the mid-Atlantic Bight 
of the United States). D, and d; (from Hallermeier (1981a)) refer to the 
seaward limit of surf-related effects, and the seaward limit to sand motion by 
normal waves, respectively 


Most models predicting shoreline change and cross-shore profile shape 
and changes are based on a profile of equilibrium which recognizes that 
for a given wave condition or average wave condition there is a profile 
shape (concave upward) that is in equilibrium with the wave conditions. 
While useful, this concept ignores the fact that, in addition to wave action, 
many other processes affect sediment transport. Moreover, cross-shore 
sediment transport is also affected by the regional geological framework 
and profile shape, as well as hydrodynamic conditions. 


Purpose 


The purpose of this report is to summarize literature which addresses 
the exchange of sediment between the beach and the inner shelf through 
analysis of physical processes, sediment transport, and stratigraphy. Spe- 
cific topics considered include the following: 


a. Depth of closure and extent of sediment transport landward and 
seaward of this zone. 


Chapter 1 Introduction 


Chapter 1 


b. Processes that cause cross-shore movement of sediment. 


c. Processes that cause net offshore and net onshore movement of 
sediment. 


d. Amount and physical characteristics of beach material lost to the 
offshore. 


e. Long-term fate of sediment that has moved offshore. 
f. Relationship between depositional structures and flow processes. 
g. Impact of episodic storms on sedimentation. 


This literature review will help to define the current state of knowledge 
concerning cross-shore sediment transport on the inner shelf and sediment 
exchange between the beach and the inner shelf. Discussions will revolve 
around how sediment transport on the inner shelf is related to the equilib- 
rium profile, depth of closure, sedimentation and stratigraphic character- 
istics of the inner shelf, and differences in sedimentation/stratigraphic 
patterns between fair-weather and storm conditions. 


While this literature review does not comprehensively review all pub- 
lished material concerning inner shelf cross-shore sediment transport, it 
does provide reviews of some of the more important studies. In addition, 
comprehensive lists of inner shelf cross-shore sediment transport studies 
are included in the bibliography sections of the appendices. 


Outline of Chapters 


This literature review is divided into five chapters and three appendi- 
ces. Chapter 2 discusses the equilibrium profile and depth of closure, and 
the importance of the geologic framework on inner shelf changes. Chap- 
ter 3 addresses several topics that verify the cross-shore transport of sedi- 
ment on the inner shelf. These topics include mechanisms of inner shelf 
sediment transport, surf zone and inner shelf cross-shore sediment trans- 
port, beach-inner shelf sediment exchange, storm/fair-weather sediment 
transport, and storm sedimentation models. Chapter 4 concerns the sedi- 
mentation structures and stratigraphy of the inner shelf and includes 
topics such as inner shelf sedimentary features, inner shelf stratigraphy, 
cross-shore stratigraphic sequences, and storm-related stratigraphy. Chap- 
ter 5 summarizes some of the more important findings of this review. 


Appendix A provides a glossary of useful terms. Appendix B is a bibli- 
ography of cross-shore sediment transport studies organized by topic. 
Appendix C is a bibliography of cross-shore sediment transport studies 
with respect to topic and region. 


Introduction 


2 Inner Shelf Concepts 


Introduction 


This chapter reviews concepts that are crucial in determining the geo- 
logic aspects of inner shelf cross-shore sediment transport. These con- 
cepts include the equilibrium profile, the depth of closure, and the effect 
of the geological framework on the equilibrium profile and cross-shore 
sediment transport processes. These concepts are of concern to the engi- 
neering and scientific community primarily due to the unquantifiable 
amounts of sediment that are transported onshore and offshore of the inner 
shelf. Additional references concerning these topics can be found under 
individual reference lists entitled “Equilibrium Profile/Profile Adjustment 
References” and “Depth of Closure References” in Appendix B. 


Equilibrium Profile 


The equilibrium profile was first defined by Fenneman (1902), who 
stated “There is a profile of equilibrium which the water would ultimately 
impart, if allowed to carry its work to completion.” Additional equilib- 
rium profile studies include those by Cornaglia (1889); Ippen and Eagle- 
son (1955); Eagleson, Glenne, and Dracup (1961); and Zenkovich (1967), 
who argued in terms of the null point hypothesis. This hypothesis states 
that shoreward increases in wave orbital asymmetry should be counterbal- 
anced by shoreward increases in bed slope, thus creating an equilibrium 
profile. 


Studies at Mission Bay, California, and the Danish North Sea Coast by 
Bruun (1954) found that the average of field profiles fits the relationship: 


h= Ay” (1) 


where 


h= water depth 


Chapter 2 Inner Shelf Concepts 


A= scaling parameter dependent on sediment characteristics 


y = distance offshore 


The findings of this study are complemented by several laboratory studies 
including Rector (1954); Eagleson, Glenne, and Dracup (1963); Swart 
(1974); and Vellinga (1983). 


A model concerning shoreline change in response to rising sea level 
(known as the Bruun Rule) was introduced by Bruun (1962). In this 
study, Bruun stated that the equilibrium profile described by Equation 1 
would translate landward and upward while maintaining the original shape 
of the profile (Figure 2). Additional inner shelf equilibrium profile model 
studies include Inman and Bagnold (1963), Bailard (1981), and Bowen 
(1980). These models assume that the oscillatory motion of waves is the 
most important criterion in the development of the inner shelf equilibrium 
profile. 


Dean (1977) stated that the equilibrium profile occurs when bed shear 
stress and the energy flux dissipation rate (function of wave energy den- 
sity and group velocity) become equal everywhere over the profile. Dean 
(1983) further defined the equilibrium profile as “an idealization of condi- 
tions which occur in nature for particular sediment characteristics and 
steady wave conditions.” 


In proposing a model of destructive forces acting in the surf zone that 
would affect the equilibrium profile, Dean (1977) also reconsidered the 
equilibrium profile relationship by analyzing 504 beach profiles along the 
U.S. Atlantic and gulf shores (taken from Hayden et al. (1975)). Dean 
developed the following relationship: 


Figure 2. Translation of the original equilibrium profile in response to a rising sea level 
(after Bruun (1962)) 


Chapter 2. Inner Shelf Concepts 


h=Ay™ (2) 


By applying the least squares fit to each of the profiles, Dean (1977) 
found ranges of the values for the parameters A and n (A ranged from 
0.0025 to 6.31; n ranged from 0.1 to 1.4 with an average of 0.67, thus 
agreeing with Equation 1 of Bruun (1962)). 


For Dean’s (1977) model, he assigned a value of n = 2/3 when the rate 
of wave energy dissipation per unit volume of the water column is equal 
over the profile and n = 2/5 when the rate of wave energy dissipation per 
unit area of the sea bed is equal over the profile. Since the n value of 2/3 
matched the average n for the 504 profiles (0.67), Dean (1977) stated that 
the critical factor in developing a profile of equilibrium must be the rate 
of wave energy dissipation per unit water column volume. Dean (1977) 
left the sediment scale parameter A as the only free variable. This 
resulted in a much smaller range of A values between 0.0 and 0.3. 


Moore (1982), Dean (1987), and Kriebel, Kraus, and Larson (1991) 
related A to the sediment fall velocity using a single grain size for an 
entire profile. 


Dean and Maurmeyer (1983) review several profile response models 
including those of Bruun (1962) and Edelman (1968, 1970), as well as sev- 
eral evaluations of Bruun’s model including those of Schwartz (1965, 
1967), Dubois (1975, 1976, 1977) and Rosen (1978). Dean and Maur- 
meyer found that: 


a. Existing shore response models are useful for predicting long-term 
evolution due to relative sea-level rise. Better methods and field 
data are required to improve the capability of predicting depth of 
effective sand motion and the associated width of this zone. 


b. The Bruun rule has been validated qualitatively and, to the limit of 
our knowledge of the relevant processes, quantitatively for the case 
of nonbarrier island systems. Dean and Maurmeyer (1983) state 
that for barrier island systems which migrate landward, their own 
model is more appropriate. 


c. Of the existing models of the Bruun type, the Edelman (1970) model 
represents profile evolution as a continuing process and is therefore 
probably more representative of long-term response. 


d. There is a need for application of improved profile response models 
that incorporate the effects of noncompatible sediment eroded and 
gradients in longshore sediment transport. 


e. There is a need for improved definition of the detailed dynamics of 


beach profile response. This will probably require laboratory and 
field measurements under long-term and short-term (storm) events. 


Chapter 2. Inner Shelf Concepts 


Larson (1991) described the profile of equilibrium as occurring when: 
“A beach of specific grain size, if exposed to constant forcing conditions, 
normally assumed to be short-period breaking waves, will develop a pro- 
file shape that displays no net change in time.” 


Dean (1991) listed four characteristics commonly associated with equi- 
librium beaches: 


a. They are usually concave upwards. 

b. The smaller the sand diameter, the more gradual the slope. 
c. The beach face is usually planar. 

d. Steeper waves result in more gradual slopes. 


Pilkey et al. (1993) contend that the profile of equilibrium equation is 
inadequate to define the inner shelf profile shape and therefore should not 
be used as a basis for predictive models of profile evolution. First, 
although the equation provides an average inner shelf profile cross sec- 
tion, it does not effectively describe the true profile shape as it tends to 
ignore the effects of bars, and oversimplifies wave-inner shelf interac- 
tions. However, the equation does provide a useful guide particularly for 
long-term response of the “average profile.” Secondly, the inner shelf is 
composed of various sediment grain sizes. The assignment of a value of 
0.67 to the variable n in the profile equation, thus leaving a smaller range 
of values of the sediment scale parameter A (of 0.0 to 0.3), implies that 
beach profile shape can be calculated from sediment characteristics (parti- 
cle size or fall velocity) alone. 


Pilkey et al. (1993) state that the profile shape of the inner shelf is due 
to many factors, including the following: 


a. Wave climate (particularly the frequency of big storms). 
b. Sediment supply. 

c. Rate of shoreline and inner shelf retreat. 

d. Surficial sediment grain size. 


e. Underlying geology (Figure 3). 


Depth of Closure ° 


The model proposed by Bruun (1962) concerning shoreline change in 
response to rising sea level also introduced the concept of depth of clo- 
Sure - “the point on the equilibrium profile beyond which there is no 


Chapter 2. Inner Shelf Concepts 


|. Non—Headland Transgressive Inner Shelf (Sand Rich) 


A. Moinlanc Inner Shelf 


B. Barrier tsland inner Shelf 


i. Subaqueous Headland Inner Shelf (Sand Poor) 


A. Muddy Inner Shelf 


B. Hard Rock Inner Shetf 


Possible inner shelf types resulting from different characteristics of underlying 


Figure 3. 
geology (after Pilkey et al. (1993)) 


8 Chapter 2. Inner Shelf Concepts 


significant net offshore transport of sand.” Bruun examined evidence for 
the capability of offshore currents to transport sediment beyond the equi- 
librium profile closure depth. He chose 18 m as a “reasonable assump- 
tion” for this closure depth. He based this on the depth at which there is 
no measurable (within the error bars of profile measurement) change in 
pre- and post-storm inner shelf profiles. 


Hallermeier (1978, 1981a) presented a model to estimate the seaward 
limit of sediment transport resulting from erosion (or offshore sediment 
transport). He developed a simple predictive equation, based on labora- 
tory studies, to estimate the annual depth of the seaward limit. He defined 
two limits to an area he called the shoal zone (Figure 1). In the shoal 
zone, “surface waves are likely to cause little sand transport; ...waves 
have neither strong nor negligible effects on the sand bed” (Hallermeier 
1981a). The seaward limit to the shoal zone (d;) is the depth limit to sedi- 
ment motion initiation by normal waves. This implies that significant 
onshore-offshore sediment transport is restricted to water depths less than 
d. The offshore zone is seaward of the shoal zone and is characterized by 
insignificant onshore-offshore transport by waves. 


The landward limit of the shoal zone (d,) separates the shoal zone and 
the littoral zone. The littoral zone is characterized by significant long- 
shore and onshore-offshore sediment transport due to increased bed stress 
and sediment transport by breaking and near-breaking waves. According 
to Hallermeier (1977), d, can be described by a critical value of a sedi- 
ment entrainment parameter (®.) in the form of a Froude number: 


of U, /y¥’ gd = 0.03 (3) 


This critical value assumes that an intensely agitated bed usually exists 
seaward of the surf zone. Hallermeier (1977) suggested an analytical 
approximation, using linear wave theory for shoaling waves, to predict an 
annual value of d,: 


2 2 
d, = 2.28H, — 68.5(H,/gT.) 


where 


d, = annual depth of closure below mean low water 


Lo 
| 


H, = nearshore nonbreaking wave height exceeding 12 hr/yr 


% 


T, = corresponding wave period 


g = acceleration due to gravity 


According to the above equation, d, is primarily dependent on wave 
height with an adjustment for wave steepness. 


Chapter 2 Inner Shelf Concepts 


10 


Depth d, is considered the depth of closure and is used in estimating 
offshore closure limits for use in beach fill design. Hallermeier (1977) 
defined depth of closure as the minimum water depth at which no measur- 
able or significant change in bottom depth occurs based on profile surveys. 


To emphasize the importance of differences in wave and sand charac- 
teristics and wave variability on open sea coasts, Hallermeier (1978, 
1981b) computed the depths d, and d for 30 sites on the Pacific, Atlantic, 
and Gulf of Mexico coasts using the wave climate study of Thompson 
(1977) and data from the Littoral Environmental Observation (LEO) Pro- 
gram. For the Gulf of Mexico coast (seven sites), the d, and d values 
were -4.2 m and -9.9 m, respectively. For the Atlantic coast (11 sites), d, 
and d were -5S.7 and -22.1 m, respectively. D, and d values at the Pacific 
coast (12 sites) were -6.9 and -42.9 m, respectively. Differences in d, and 
d values stated above are a result of differences in significant wave 
height, wave period, and mean sediment grain diameter. 


Boyd (1981) documented that the maximum depth of the initiation of 
sediment movement (similar to Hallermeier’s (1981a) d) at the New South 
Wales, Australian continental shelf fluctuates with wave conditions (Fig- 
ure 4). For instance, for wave height of 0.5 m and periods of 7 sec, this 
depth is -10 m; for wave height of 2 m and periods of 12 sec, this depth is 
-60 m. 


Kraus and Harikai (1983) defined depth of closure as the minimum 
depth at which the standard deviation in depth change decreases markedly 
to a near constant value. 


Birkemeier (1985) compared data from two profiles located in Duck, 
North Carolina, between August 1980 and December 1982 to Haller- 
meier’s equation by measuring wave conditions that existed between pro- 
file surveys that exhibited offshore sand movement (Figure 5). 
Birkemeier (1985) found good agreement with the form of Equation 4, but 
recomputed the coefficient to better fit the data. He also found reasonable 
agreement using only H, in Equation 5: 


d — Neal. (5) 


where 


d,= nearshore limit, or closeout depth relative to mean low water 
H,= peak nearshore storm wave height, which is exceeded only 
12 hr/year 


He stated that this equation is probably site-specific. 


Kraus (1992) conceptualized that the beach profile responds to wave 
action between two limits, one limit on the landward side where the wave 
runup ends and the other limit in deeper water where the waves can no 


Chapter 2 Inner Shelf Concepts 


KY 
5250 
Sd) os 


CX) 
XO 


Moximum depth 
for onset of x 
sheet flow ii Moximum depth 
p A for initiation : 
of sediment motion 


RF x 
S 
O 


Transition zone 

between symmetric ff] 4 Depth(m) 
and asymmetric f 

bedforms 


S25 252 
naw Q 


Zone of sheet flow—f 


one of mmmetric Zone of Symmetric 
zon Bester bedforms 


SR 


Z 
ASSES, 
SS 


ISIS 
I. OOD) 


Apo) 


LA 


7 


Sao? 
+» 8, 
OKS? 
RLLY 


Figure 4. Fluctuations of inner shelf bed form zones and initiation of sediment motion with 
respect to significant wave Height (H) and period (T) (after Boyd (1981)) 


longer produce a measurable change in depth. He calls this latter limit, 
the minimum water depth at which no change occurs (as measured by engi- 
neering means) the depth of closure. The depth of closure is not the loca- 
tion where sediment ceases to move, but that location of minimum depth 
where profile surveys before and after a period of wave action, a storm 
perhaps, lie on top of one another. 


Kraus (1992) also stated that the depth of closure is time-dependent, 
that is, dependent upon the transporting capacity of the particular incident 
waves. For example, we expect the average depth of closure for the sum- 
mer to be less than that in winter. Similarly, the “storm of the decade” 
will alter the profile elevation to a much greater depth than occurs during 
a typical storm season. In engineering projects, the depth of closure is 
best determined through repeated accurate profile surveys, such as per- 
formed with a sled. 


Chapter 2 Inner Shelf Concepts i 


ROR EINE 62 PROFILE LINE 188 


FIRST SURVEY 
Saal SECOND) SURVEY, 


OO caw 
oon peers par 


[al anol 


POR) mo 
uN NW MNO WN oul 


[ocJee) [aslo] ao jeeta) 
ta ene 


Nr 


= 
= 
~~ 
= 
—_ 
= 
LiJ 
=> 
O 
@ 
<< 
Zz 
O 
ji 
$ 
ted 
—! 
uj 


Qo 
ST Se) 


forfee) 
(OTS) 


0 OD 
MA) 


fa) 
WO 


200 400 600 0 200 400 600 
DISTANCE (M) 


Figure 5. Survey data from Duck, NC, from August 1981 to December 1982 showing 
fluctuation of closure depth as indicated by vertical arrows (after Birkemeier 
(1985)) 


Ue Chapter 2 Inner Shelf Concepts 


Pilkey et al. (1993) state that one of the most essential assumptions that 
must hold true for the concept of the equilibrium beach profile to be valid 
is: “There must exist a closure depth beyond which there is no net off- 
shore or onshore transportation of sediment - a depth of no net sediment 
movement to and from the inner shelf even during storm-induced down- 
welling events.” Pilkey et al. (1993) also defined the depth of closure as 
the depth where no vertical changes to the bed take place and where grain 
size distribution remains constant. Pilkey et al. (1993) state that the depth 
of closure does not exist, as field evidence shows that large volumes of 
sand may be moved beyond the closure depth. Such movement occurs 
mostly during offshore-directed storm flows. Studies in the Gulf of 
Mexico measured offshore bottom currents of up to 200 cm/sec and sedi- 
ment transport to the edge of the continental shelf (Hayes 1967a,c; Mor- 
ton 1981; Snedden, Nummedal, and Amos 1988). The amount of sediment. 
moved offshore was large, but it was spread over such a large area that the 
change in seabed elevation could not be detected by standard profiling 
methods (Hayes 1967a,c) (+10 cm). 


Several studies have found closure depths ranging from -5 m to -30m 
for the U.S. Atlantic coast. Birkemeier (1985) stated that the measured 
depth of closure at Duck, North Carolina, fluctuates between -3.9 m and 
-6.4m. However, the first conspicuous inner shelf configuration change 
at Duck occurs at -15 m, where sediments change from well-sorted fine 
sand to muddy fine sand with the fines bound in fecal pellets (Wright, in 
press). Perhaps this depth is more likely to be the maximum depth of nor- 
mally occurring, shore-normal sediment exchange. This compares to Hal- 
lermeier’s (1981b) seaward limit of sediment motion initiation (d) of 
-22.1 m for the Atlantic coast. 


Depth of closure estimates using Hallermeier’s (1977) method and the 
hindcast data of Jensen (1983) include Brevard County, Florida (-7.1 m); 
Walton County, Florida (-6.4 m); and Virginia Beach, Virginia (-5.5 m) 
(Hansen and Lillycrop 1988). Pearson and Riggs (1981) state that the 
depth of closure at Wrightsville Beach, North Carolina, was at least -16 m 
based on the presence of beach sediments at this depth. Wright (1987), in 
inner shelf studies including the use of bed elevation changes and sedi- 
ment and profile data, shows that the depth of closure was located 
between depths of -10 and -30 m depending on regional energy regimes. 


An additional estimate of depth of closure for the U.S. Atlantic coast is 
-9 m as presently used in engineering project design. This is the esti- 
mated depth where waves first affect the bottom as they move onshore, 
and there is no measurable (within the error bars of the profiling method) 
change in pre- and post-storm inner shelf profiles. In addition, sand 
ridges and irregular topography are typically located onshore of this clo- 
sure depth while a uniform sloping shelf is located seaward. 


Where Equation 4 predicts closure during the annual extreme 12-hr 
event, there exists a deficit of knowledge in predicting the depth of clo- 
sure as a function of time. In order to develop a predictive method to 


Chapter 2 Inner Shelf Concepts 


13 


14 


determine the time-dependent cross-shore transport of beach nourishment 
material, Stive et al. (1992) extend the annual shoreward boundary d, 
(Hallermeier 1981b), by replacing the significant wave height exceeded 
12 hr/yr (H, in Hallermeier’s 1977 equation) with the significant wave 
height exceeded 12 hr/return period (y) (H, |). Stive et al. (1992) consid- 
ered an ideal model profile upon which a hypothetical beach nourishment 
was placed and subjected to the nearshore wave climate synthesis (func- 
tion of H ai) of Thompson and Harris (1972). They determined that d, var- 
ied greatly during different wave conditions and return periods (Table 1). 
In addition, by assuming that beach nourishment volume decreases as a 
thinning wedge in the offshore direction, the spreading evolution and 
beach nourishment foot (depth of which beach nourishment migrates) may 
be approximated by applying the extension of the Hallermeier (1977) 
equation. 


Table 1 
Variation in Depths of Dj and Nourishment Foot for Different Wave 
Conditions and Storm Return Periods (from Stive et al. (1992)) 


Wave Seepnees (rt > (Halermeter 198 1b) 
(H/L,) 


Stauble et al. (1993) analyzed 3.5 years of profile data from Ocean 
City, Maryland, considering both storm and normal wave conditions. 
Twelve profile lines extended over 5.6 km of beach, and each consisted of 
seven Or more surveys to the -9-m depth contour. Stauble et al. (1993) 
found that the depth of closure ranged between -5.5 m and -7.6 m, averag- 
ing -6 m. In addition, the profile at the northern end of the survey extent 
(103rd Street) was found to be steeper and without bars, while that of the 
southern end (37th Street) was shallow with bars. However, they suggest 
that more studies are required to relate the depth of closure to bar 
evolution. 


Chapter 2. Inner Shelf Concepts 


Inner Shelf Geologic Framework Importance 


Coastlines characterized by limited sand supplies, such as much of the 
U.S. Atlantic margin, are significantly influenced by the geologic frame- 
work occurring underneath and in front of the inner shelf (Figure 3). Pas- 
sive margin coastlines, in particular, are significantly influenced by the 
geologic framework occurring underneath and in front of the inner shelf. 
This underlying geological framework can act as a subaqueous headland 
or hard ground that dictates the shape of the inner shelf profile and con- 
trols beach dynamics and the composition of the sediment. 


The Atlantic coast of North America is an example of a coast affected 
by its geological framework. The advance of glaciers during the Pleisto- 
cene Epoch (characterized by continental glaciations at North America 
from approximately 2 million years to 10,000 years before present (ybp) 
(Evernden et al. 1964, Pratt and Schlee 1969) extended as far south on the 
Atlantic coast as northern New Jersey. North of the moraine terminus, gla- 
cial moraines composed of till (mixture of clay, silt, sand, gravel and boul- 
ders) underlie much of the land, islands (i.e. Long Island, Nantucket, and 
Martha’s Vineyard), and offshore banks (i.e. Georges and Nova Scotian 
Banks). Coastal erosion of some of these features provides a variety of 
materials to the continental shelf. Conversely, south of the glacial mo- 
raine (Mid-Atlantic coast south of New Jersey), sediments are dominated 
by riverine sediments of piedmont streams that intersect the coastal plain 
strata. 


Along the North Carolina coast, Pilkey et al. (1993) discuss that there 
exist three categories of underlying geologic framework which influence 
the inner shelf profile shape: 


a. Subaerial headlands, which are composed of semi-indurated to 
indurated Pleistocene Epoch or older deposits incised by a wave-cut 
platform with a perched sand beach on the platform. 


b. Submarine headlands, composed of semi-indurated to indurated 
Pleistocene Epoch or older units, which form the platform upon 
which the modern barrier island is perched and either crop out on 
the eroding inner shelf or occur on the inner shelf as 
paleotopographic highs in front of the modern inner shelf. 


c. Nonheadland-transgressive inner shelf, commonly composed of 
Holocene Epoch (the Epoch from approximately 10,000 ybp to the 
present, which follows the continental glaciations of the Pleistocene 
Epoch) peat and mud deposits that extend from the modern 
estuaries, under the modern barrier islands, to crop out in the surf 
zone and inner shelf. 


Chapter 2 Inner Shelf Concepts 


15 


16 


The Pleistocene section of the entire North Carolina coastal system rep- 
resents a complex record of multiple cycles of coastal deposition and ero- 
sion in response to numerous glacial-eustatic, sea-level cycles (Riggs, 
Cleary, and Snyder, in press). During each glacial episode, fluvial chan- 
nels severely dissected previously deposited coastal systems. The sub- 
sequent sea-level transgression then produced a ravinement surface that 
migrated landward and further eroded large portions of previously depos- 
ited coastal sediments by inner shelf erosion. This process of older units 
supplying sediment to the inner shelf of barrier islands was termed shore- 
face, or inner shelf, bypassing by Swift (1976). The fluvial channels were 
sequentially backfilled with fluvial, estuarine, and shelf sediments. Pre- 
sent day sea level has produced a modern sequence of coastal sediments 
that have been deposited unconformably over the eroded remnants of Pleis- 
tocene sequences composed of different lithofacies. Niedoroda, Swift, 
and Hopkins (1985) stated that this seaward thinning and fining veneer of 
modern inner shelf sediments over the older Pleistocene lithofacies is 
ephemeral and easily removed from the inner shelf during major storms. 


On a smaller scale, the Nags Head/Kitty Hawk and the Rodanthe/ 
Buxton areas on the Outer Banks of North Carolina, although separated by 
only 40 km, have distinctly different geological settings resulting in sig- 
nificantly different inner shelf profiles (Pearson 1979) (Figure 6). At the 
Nags Head/Kitty Hawk area, the inner shelf profiles contain two major 
sediment units including a modern inner shelf sediment wedge, composed 
primarily of reworked inner shelf sediments that thin in a seaward direc- 
tion. These form a thin blanket over the in situ relict sediments that will 
ultimately crop out on the inner shelf. Pearson (1979) stated that this mod- 
ern sediment wedge is periodically stripped away during extreme high- 
energy periods; thus exposing, possibly eroding, and transporting the 
relict units. By this mechanism, relict sediments are eroded and intro- 
duced into the modern sediment regime. In addition, the relict sediments 
underlying the thin, variable inner shelf sand sheet must also have a major 
impact upon the shape of the entire inner shelf profile. 


In the Rodanthe/Buxton area, the inner shelf is controlled by Pleisto- 
cene hard-bottom topographic features that act as headlands and intersect 
the lower beach face at acute angles. These topographic features are be- 
lieved to be a result of indurated Pleistocene stratigraphic units which out- 
crop in the Rodanthe area (Pilkey et al. 1993). These features include 
Wimble and Kinnakeet Shoals, permanent features up to 6 m in relief (Fig- 
ure 7). 


According to Pilkey et al. (1993), these vastly different inner shelf fea- 
tures have the following characteristics: 


a. They dramatically affect the cross section of the inner shelf and 
beach profile. 


b. They create major changes in the orientation of the barrier island 
(particularly at Rodanthe). 


Chapter 2 Inner Shelf Concepts 


Figure 6. Location of the Outer Banks of North Carolina 


Chapter 2 Inner Shelf Concepts ly 


Rodanthe 
Pamlico Sound Hatteras Flats Outer Banks Wimble Shoals 


i 
{ 
t 


; Modem marsh 
Modern borvier 


a I Modern barrier Island complex 
a WWM L ETT ’ fsland sond 
4° ™Borrier beoch sonds with~.* .J". +N 
=¥. .-- “weathering profile on surfage. f?.-- - Pleistocene 


Pleistocene with weathering profile on surface 
{Plerce & Colquhoun, 1970) 


e 
2 
o 
£ 
£ 
$ 
e 
i=) 


Auger hole 
kilometers (Pierce & Colquhoun, 1970) 


Figure 7. Geologic cross section through the Outer Banks at Rodanthe showing the 
Pleistocene units cropping out on the inner shelf forming Wimble Shoals 
(after Pilkey et al. (1993)) 


c. They are not in equilibrium with incoming wave energy, suggesting 
that these features erode. 


d. They have dramatic impacts upon the energy regime affecting the 
adjacent inner shelf through wave refraction and setup. 


In addition, the geomorphic nature of an area must also be considered 
when determining mechanisms and resulting shelf sediment transport. In 
examining patterns of sedimentation on the continental shelf, Swift (1976) 
examined the mechanisms by which the nearshore is penetrated (at the in- 
ner shelf/oceanic process boundary and at river mouths) and how sedi- 
ment is injected into the shelf system. He found that the original mode of 
formation of the coast and surrounding areas had a large effect on present 
day sedimentation patterns. Swift (1976) differentiated between 
allochthonous and autochthonous settings. Allochthonous shelves 
(shelves presently composed of sediment formed elsewhere and sub- 
sequently deposited on the shelf) are typically floored by fine sands to 
muds (due to the introduction of riverine sediment through river-mouth by- 
passing) and are usually featureless, as these fine sediments travel in sus- 
pension. In addition, there is little bed form formation, as fine sediments 
have low angles of repose. Autochthonous shelves, or shelves presently 
composed of sediment originally derived from previous erosion of the 
shelf in its present location, are covered by coarser- grained sand of local 
origin. 


18 
Chapter 2 Inner Shelf Concepts 


3 Evidence of Cross-Shore 
Sediment Transport 


Introduction 


This chapter examines literature concerning evidences of cross-shore 
transport of sediment on the inner shelf. Patterns and mechanisms of sedi- 
ment transport on the inner shelf, particularly in the cross-shore dimen- 
sion, and of beach-shelf sediment interchange are poorly understood 
(Wright et al. 1991). Consequently, the generation of predictive theories 
which address these mechanisms and effectively recreate their effect on 
the cross-shore transport of sediment across the inner shelf is very diffi- 
cult. Several authors (Wright 1987, Nummedal and Snedden 1987, Pilkey 
et al. 1993) concur that a model directly relating cross-shore sediment 
transport to transport mechanisms/processes is needed. 


Additional topics discussed in this chapter include surf zone and inner 
shelf cross-shore transport of sediment, interchange of sediment between 
the beach and the inner shelf, and if this interchange results in the loss of 
sediment from the beach/inner shelf system to the outer shelf, storm/fair- 
weather sediment transport and storm sedimentation models. The purpose 
of the section concerning cross-shore sediment transport is not to provide 
a comprehensive review of all the theories of cross-shore sediment trans- 
port, but to discuss some of the evidences of this phenomenon and their re- 
lation to the theories of cross-shore sediment transport on the inner shelf. 


Mechanisms of Inner Shelf Sediment Transport 


The research of Wright et al. (1991) showed that bidirectional cross- 
shore sediment transport on the inner shelf is an exceedingly complex phe- 
nomenon driven primarily by shoaling waves, wind- and tide-generated 
currents, wave-current interactions, gravity-induced downslope transport, 
mean flows, and geostrophic circulation. However, these mechanisms 
have not been prioritized in terms of relative importance. 


Chapter 3 Evidence of Cross-Shore Sediment Transport 


19 


The mechanisms of cross-shore sediment transport are listed below and 
are more precisely documented in the literature by numerous authors as 
best summarized in part by Boyd (1981), Nummedal and Snedden (1987), 
Wright (1987), and Pilkey et al. (1993): 


a. Waves and wave-driven currents, including: 


(1) Powerful wave-orbital motions (Harms, Southard, and Walker 
1982; Walker, Duke and Leckie 1983; Duke 1985; Duke 1987; 
Duke 1990) and resulting orbital asymmetry (Gilbert 1889; 
Wells 1967; Nielsen 1979; Hallermeier 1981a; Trowbridge and 
Madsen 1984; Swift and Niedorada 1985; Dean and Perlin 1986). 


(2) Wave-induced upwelling and downwelling currents resulting 
from onshore/offshore movement of surface water and return 
bottom flows (Morton 1981, Snedden 1985, Wright et al. 1991). 


(3) Wave-induced rip currents (Bowen and Inman 1969; Cook and 
Gorsline 1972; Reimnitz et al. 1976; Seymour 1983; Field and 
Roy 1984; Wright and Short 1984; Cowell 1986; and Wright et 
al. 1986). 


(4) Sediment diffusion arising from gradients in wave energy 
dissipation associated with incoming incident waves (Wright et 
al. 1991). 


(5) Sediment advection caused by wave orbital asymmetries 
associated with incoming incident waves (Wright et al. 1991). 


(6) Long-period oscillations, which may be a more important process 
for cross-shore sediment transport in higher energy wave 
environments (Wright et al. 1991). 

(7) Interactions between groupy incident waves (alternating high and 
low waves and forced long waves) (Shi and Larsen 1984, Dean 
and Perlin 1986, Wright et al. 1991). 

(8) Groupy long waves (a forced long wave of infragravity 
frequency resulting in alternating high and low waves) (Shi and 
Larsen 1984, Dean and Perlin 1986, Wright 1987). 

b. Wind- and tide-driven currents including: 


(1) Semidiurnal and diurnal tidal currents (May 1979, Wright 1981). 


(2) Strong, unidirectional currents from wind forcing (Morton 1981). 


20 


Chapter 3 Evidence of Cross-Shore Sediment Transport 


(3) Wind-induced upwelling and downwelling currents resulting 
from onshore/offshore movement of surface water and return 
bottom flows (Niedoroda et al. 1982; Morton 1981; Snedden 
1985; Wright et al. 1986, 1991). 


(4) Tidal currents. 
(5) Storm surge ebb currents (Brenchley 1985). 


c. Interaction of waves and currents (Butman, Noble, and Folger 1977; 
Lavelle et al. 1978; Grant and Madsen 1979a, 1986; Vincent, 
Young, and Swift 1982; Nielsen 1983; Shi and Larsen 1984; and 
Wright et al. 1991) including: 


(1) Subharmonic and infragravity wave orbital interactions with the 
bottom sediment and with wave-induced longshore currents 
(Wright and Short 1984). 


(2) Interactions between oscillatory flow and mean flow (Lundgren 
1973; Smith 1977; Bakker and Van Doorn 1978; Grant and 
Madsen 1979b, 1986; Kemp and Simmons 1982; Wiberg and 
Smith 1983; Christofferson and Jonsson 1985; Coffey and 
Nielsen 1987). 


d. Gravity-induced downslope transport often of highly concentrated 
sediment (Bruun 1962, Hayes 1967a, Dean 1977, Kobayashi 1982, 
Pilkey et al. 1993). 


e. Forcing mean flows, which dominate and cause offshore transport 
during storms and contribute significantly to cross-shore sediment 
flux during fair-weather and moderate energy conditions (Wright et 
EV IKE )ID). 


f. Geostrophic circulation (Ekman spiral) and its superposition on wave 
motions (Komar 1976; Swift et al. 1983; Vincent, Young, and Swift 
1983; Cacchione et al. 1984; Allen 1982; Neshyba 1987; Nottvedt 
and Kreisa 1987; Nummedal and Snedden 1987; Swift and 
Nummedal 1987). 


g. Small-scale boundary layer processes (Wright 1994). 

h. Physical oceanographic processes including oceanic currents 
(Csanady 1972; 1976; 1977 a,b; 1982; Csanady and Scott 1974; 
Halpern 1976; May 1979; Schwab et al. 1984). 


Additional mechanisms contributing to cross-shore sediment transport 
include: 


a. Storm surge-controlled breakout of coastal lagoons (Hayes 1967a, b, 
c), tidal inlets, and submarine canyons. 


Chapter 3 Evidence of Cross-Shore Sediment Transport 


b. Turbidity currents (Bates 1953; Hayes 1967 a, b, c; Brenchley 1985; 
Seymour 1986; Wright et al. 1991). 


c. Beach state (e.g. the first winter storm moving much more sediment 
than subsequent storms) including beach slope (Bascomb 1951, 
King 1972, Komar 1976, Shore Protection Manual 1984). 


d. Formation of shell lags and a wide variety of bed forms (ranging 
from ripple marks to offshore bar systems)(Pilkey et al. 1993). 


e. Organic scum layers (Pilkey et al.1993). 
f. Variations in sediment pore pressure (Pilkey et al.1993). 


g. Variations in the degree of sediment compaction and consolidation 
between storms (Pilkey et al. 1993). 


h. Irregular inner shelf shapes (bedrock) which affect wave refraction 
patterns (Pilkey et al. 1993). 


i. Coastal jets (Csanady 1972, 1977b; Csanady and Scott 1974; 
Ludwick 1977). 


J. Topographic gyres (Bennet 1974, Csanady 1975). 


k. Kelvin waves (Munk, Snodgrass, and Gilbert 1964; Munk, Snodgrass, 
and Wimbush 1970; LeBlond and Mysak 1977). 


l. Vertical density stratification (Wright 1987). 


Surf Zone Cross-Shore Sediment Transport 


Much is known about nearshore sediment movement under shoaling 
waves (Komar 1976) and the documentation of cyclic patterns of surf- 
zone change (Wright et al. 1979, Nummedal and Snedden 1987). It has 
been documented that the most important concepts of surf zone dynamics 
and sediment transport are: 


a. Orbital asymmetry (as expressed by second-and higher-order Stokes 
theory and supported by Gilbert (1889), Wells (1967), Hallermeier 
(1981a), Swift and Niedoroda (1985)). 


b. Radiation stress theory and derived understandings 
(Longuet-Higgins and Stewart 1964). 


c. Standing long waves and edge waves of infragravity frequency (Guza 
and Thornton 1985a). 


22 


Chapter 3 Evidence of Cross-Shore Sediment Transport 


Two useful models include Bailard’s (1981) energetics model, which 
estimates sediment flux from measured wave and current data over the 
surf zone, and Guza and Thornton’s (1985a, b) model, which is concerned 
with surf zone conditions where bed shear stresses and energy dissipation 
are strongly dominated by waves. Equations of both models help to deter- 
mine if the cross-shore component of the immersed weight sediment trans- 
port within the surf zone is onshore or offshore. 


A laboratory model developed by Hattori and Kawamata (1980), and its 
comparison with field data, is one approach which concerns the cross- 
shore transport of sediment in the surf zone. This model is based on the 
concept of the balance of power extended on sand grains generated by 
breaking waves, the beach slope, and the effect of gravity. Hattori and 
Kawamata theorized that cross-shore transport of sediment in the surf 
zone is a function of the dimensionless fall-time parameter as described 
by: 


where: 
C = aconstant determined from laboratory and field data 
when 


C < 0.5 onshore transport results - accretive profile 
= 0.5 no net transport results - equilibrium profile 
> 0.5 offshore transport results - erosive profile 

tan B = bottom slope in the surf zone 
W 


AY 
T= wave period 


fall velocity of a sand grain of diameter d. 


H, = deepwater significant wave height 
L, = deepwater wavelength 

Hattori and Kawamata (1980) continue that net cross-shore transport in 
the surf zone is a result of the stirring power P, (which is a function of 
submerged weight of sand grains, maximum wave-induced velocity, bot- 
tom slope in the surf zone, water depth at the breaking position, and width 
of the surf zone) and the resisting power P_ (which is a function of fall 
velocity of a sand grain and the submerged weight of the sand grain. 
When P. > P_, sand grains keep in suspension due to breaking waves, and 


Chapter 3 Evidence of Cross-Shore Sediment Transport 


23 


24 


sand grains are transported seaward in the form of a cloud by wave- 
induced currents (Sunamura 1980). When P_ > P., sand grains tend to roll 
and jump as bed load and move shoreward. 


Inner Shelf Cross-Shore Sediment Transport 


Introduction 


Understanding of surf zone processes can be applied, at least in con- 
cept, to processes occurring on the inner shelf. For instance, Wright et al. 
(1991) applied surf zone sediment transport equations of Bailard (1981) 
and Guza and Thornton (1985 a,b) to predict inner shelf cross-shore sedi- 
ment transport. Wright et al. (1991) found poor agreement between these 
surf zone and inner shelf sediment transport equations. Wright et al. 
(1991) state that these types of equations are needed to better predict 
cross-shore sediment transport on the inner shelf. 


For wind-driven current patterns, Vincent, Young, and Swift (1983) 
divide the inner portion of the coastal ocean into the following three zones 
based on controlling sediment transport mechanisms: 

a. Geostrophic (offshore; seaward of approximately the -15-m depth). 


b. Transition. 


c. Friction-dominated (seaward of the surf zone to approximately -10-m 
depth). 


Landward of the 10-m contour in the fricfion-dominated zone, sediment 
transport rates are on the order of 1 x 10 g/cm/sec and are primarily a 
function of asymmetric wave orbitals while seaward of the 10-m contour 
in the geostrophic zone, sediment transport rates are approximately | x 
10° g/cm/sec (Vincent, Young, and Swift 1983). 

Geostrophic zone 


Geostrophic circulation of ocean waters and sediment transport in this 
zone are controlled by the following factors: 


a. Cross-shore mean bottom currents resulting from wind shear and 
tide-related currents. 


b. Currents generated by the Coriolis force. 


c. Upwelling/downwelling conditions. 


Chapter 3 Evidence of Cross-Shore Sediment Transport 


The Coriolis force is defined as an apparent force resulting in the path 
deflection of an object due to the earth’s rotation (Neshyba 1987). In the 
Northern Hemisphere, an object or water body undergoing movement on 
the earth’s surface will be deflected to the right (clockwise) of the move- 
ment. The Ekman transport or drift, a function of the Coriolis force, 
states that as winds exert friction drag over an ocean of uniform density, a 
thin layer of surface water moves at an angle from the original wind (to 
the right in the Northern Hemisphere). This rotation continues as subsur- 
face parcels of water are also rotated by the Ekman transport in that same 
direction. Therefore, there is a depth at which the water moves opposite to 
that of the surface wind (Neshyba 1987). Nummedal and Snedden (1987) 
have documented the Ekman transport in a three-layer inner shelf flow 
model, which shows that if surface currents are obliquely onshore, cur- 
rents at mid-depths in the water column will be alongshore. Bottom cur- 
rents will be oriented obliquely offshore. 


Upwelling and downwelling currents are also geostrophically control- 
led currents that form due to orientation of the wind direction near a 
coast. For instance, upwelling conditions occur when offshore-directed 
winds transport surface waters in an offshore direction. Surface waters 
are then replaced by subsurface water and sediment, which moves on- 
shore. Downwelling conditions, conversely, occur as onshore-directed 
winds transport the surface water onshore. Surface waters are then re- 
flected by the beach, thus creating offshore-directed return flow of subsur- 
face water parcels and sediment transport. 


On the west coast of the United States, winds from the south will tend 
to deflect surface waters in a clockwise direction, or onshore, thus result- 
ing in downwelling of deeper water parcels. Winds from the north will be 
deflected offshore, thus resulting in upwelling of deeper water parcels. 
On the east coast of the United States, upwelling tends to occur when 
winds are from the southwest, south, or northwest, while downwelling 
tends to occur when winds are from the northeast (Swift 1976). 


Wright et al. (1986) conclude that northeaster storms create strong, 
southerly jet-like flows along the mid-Atlantic Bight. These flows affect 
the floor out to depths as far as -8 m, which results in downwelling and 
offshore sediment transport. 


Friction-dominated zone 


In the friction-dominated zone, a multitude of mechanisms affect inner 
shelf cross-shore sediment transport (see previous list of mechanisms of 
inner shelf cross-shore sediment transport). Overall, Wright et al. (1991) 
found that incoming incident waves were of primary importance in bed 
agitation (shear stress) and suspension of sediment on the inner shelf, 
while near-bottom tide- and wind-induced mean flows were of primary im- 
portance in the cross-shelf transport of sediment on the inner shelf. 

Wright et al. (1991) state that this mean-flow-generated cross-shore 


Chapter 3 Evidence of Cross-Shore Sediment Transport 


25 


transport of sediment was dominant or equal to that generated by incident 
waves in all cases and at all times. 


Pilkey and Field (1972) and Wright et al. (1991) distinguish between 
the primary causes of onshore and offshore cross-shelf sediment transport. 
Pilkey and Field (1972) summarize the mechanisms of onshore transport 
of sediment on the inner shelf, which include wave and tidal current phe- 
nomena such as: 


a. Onshore component of asymmetrical wave orbitals under shoaling 
conditions. 


b. Onshore-oriented dominating tidal flood currents in shallow water. 


c. Both the onshore and offshore components associated with 
storm-induced bottom currents. 


In addition, Wright et al. (1991) state that incident waves are an important 
mechanism of the onshore transport of sediment. 


Sediment transport mechanisms documented to cause onshore and off- 
shore cross-shore sediment transport include the following: 


a. Orbital asymmetry. 


b. Interaction of incident waves with infragravity waves and mean 
offshore flows. 


c. Wave groupiness. 
d. Slope of the shelf and effects of gravity. 
e. Rip currents (Wright et al. 1991). 


Discussion of these mechanisms of inner shelf offshore and onshore cross- 
shore transport follow. 


Orbital asymmetry. Findings by Cook and Gorsline (1972) during 
studies at Palos Verde, California, as supported by May (1979) and Wright 
et al. (1991) indicate that orbital asymmetry-created currents during wave 
shoaling transport sediment in both the onshore and offshore directions. 
These findings include the following: 


a. Both onshore and offshore asymmetry of currents were documented 
during wave shoaling. Long-period swells and offshore breezes 
cause a net onshore transport of sediment, while short-period waves 
and onshore winds are associated with neutral or offshore flow. 


26 


Chapter 3 Evidence of Cross-Shore Sediment Transport 


b. Swell characteristics also affect water drift, in that long-period waves 
have onshore pulses which prevail temporarily, and thus cause net 
onshore transport of sediment. 


c. Tidal surge asymmetry includes components of both onshore and 
offshore sediment transport across the inner shelf. 


d. Tidal flux does not have a significant effect on surge asymmetry. 
However, May (1979) found that 35 percent of the kinetic energy of 
currents above the 30-m isobath in the Northern Middle Atlantic 
Bight was at a tidal frequency, thus indicating the importance of 
tidal currents in affecting sediment transport on the shelf. In 
macrotidal environments tidal currents probably dominate the inner 
shelf transport (Wright 1981). 


e. Wind affects the ratio for durations of current flow and bottom drift, 
thus resulting in upwelling and downwelling flow. 


Cook and Gorsline (1972) and Trowbridge and Madsen (1984) discuss 
the importance of sediment transport under asymmetric waves and related 
orbital asymmetry in generating both onshore and offshore components of 
cross-shore sediment transport. Also, time and space variations in bed 
roughness when considering orbital asymmetry can affect both magnitude 
and direction of sediment transport. Oscillatory currents over rippled 
beds can cause a significant phase angle between instantaneous suspended 
sediment concentration and instantaneous velocity, resulting in sediment 
flux in a direction opposite to the net current or wave-induced mass trans- 
port (e.g. Nielsen (1979)). 


Larsen (1982) also found that the net offshore transport of sediment on 
the inner shelf is a function of the net offshore orbital asymmetry of 
waves. Currents forced by the radiation stress of variable amplitude swell 
(the higher waves suspending the sediments) are an important mechanism 
in suspending sediments resulting in the cross-shore transport of sediment 
on mid-continental shelves. 


Smith and Hopkins (1972) found that orbital asymmetry-created cur- 
rents during wave shoaling are the dominant control of net onshore trans- 
port of sediment, primarily of coarse material, on the inner shelf. 


Wave-current interaction. Grant and Madsen (1979a, 1986) theoreti- 
cally discussed combined wave-current bottom fluid shear stress and 
stated that the actual transport across the inner shelf is, in most cases, the 
result of wave-current interaction. Effects of wave-current interaction on 
the boundary layer include the following: 


a. Increases in rate of frictional dissipation of waves. 


b. Reduction in mean current speed near the bed. 


Chapter 3 Evidence of Cross-Shore Sediment Transport 


27 


28 


c. Increases in bottom shear stress due to a combination of components. 


The importance of wave-current interaction in determining the magni- 
tude and direction of sediment transport is also considered by Vincent, 
Young, and Swift (1983). They found that when wave orbital velocities 
and slowly varying bottom boundary layer velocities are combined, 
stronger onshore combined flow results. Moreover, depending on bed 
roughness and the horizontal angle between wave incidence and the mean 
current, the vector resultant of the sediment flux may be opposite that of 
the mean current. 


Wave groupiness. Wave groupiness is also an important factor of net 
offshore transport of sediment across the inner shelf. Wave groupiness 
causes space and time variations in wave amplitude and in radiation stress 
(S_,). Thus, momentum balance requires that slowly time-varying mean 
water level (n,) be depressed and elevated under high and low waves, re- 
spectively (where S__ is greater and less, respectively). Variances inf 
cause a long-period infragravity wave. This infragravity wave has peaks 
at low primary waves which result in onshore sediment transport (i.e. 
shoreward values of f (or the cross-shore long wave flow constituent)) and 
troughs at high primary waves, which result in offshore sediment transport 
(i.e. seaward values of f). Since the large primary waves in the trough of 
the long wave suspend more sand (offshore-directed) than the small pri- 
mary waves of the long wave crest, there is a net seaward transport 
(Wright et al. 1991). 


Gravity-induced currents. Gravity-induced inner shelf offshore- 
directed sediment transport (as stated by early references considering the 
equilibrium profile concept (e.g. Cornaglia 1889, Ippen and Eagleson 
1955, Bruun 1962, Inman and Bagnold 1963) occurs due to the slope of 
the inner shelf being oriented in an offshore direction. This gravity- 
induced offshore transport of sediment is accentuated where fine-grained 
sediments are present, since these types of sediment can be easily sus- 
pended, especially during storm events. 


Seymour (1986), in studying different models of turbidity currents and 
their relation to inner shelf transport, confirms that these currents trans- 
port nearshore sand in an offshore direction during storms. 


Wright et al. (1991) noted that gravity plays a significant role during 
high-energy events when bed shear stress and suspended sediment concen- 
tration were greatest. If a density current develops, and the sediment is 
suspended at a greater rate than it is deposited, an autosuspending 
offshore-directed turbidity current can form. Kobayashi (1982), who de- 
veloped a model for net downslope sediment transport by oscillatory 
flows acting on a gentle slope, found that gravity-induced offshore- 
directed transport of sediment is significant. 


Chapter 3 Evidence of Cross-Shore Sediment Transport 


Rip currents. Rip currents are also important in transporting sediment 
in an offshore direction (Field and Roy 1984). Bowen and Inman (1969) 
and Cook and Gorsline (1972) report that during the winter season, cross- 
shore movement of sediment by rip currents is in an offshore direction. 
Once transported offshore, sediment is confined by predominant seaward 
oscillations caused by steep waves and strong winds. During summer, 
long-period swells transport sediment landward to replenish the beach. 
Cook and Gorsline (1972) also present a sediment transport system 
whereby sediment is transported offshore outside of the breaker zone by 
rip currents and general diffusion, and then onshore by wave action, 
which separates silt and clay from sand. Sand is then moved alongshore 
to depths dependent upon wave characteristics. Silt and clay are separated 
in the sorting process and move out of the coastal drift system in 
suspension. 


Reimnitz et al. (1976) used side-scan sonar to show seaward-trending 
ripples out to depths of 30 m that are attributed to storm rip currents. 
Cowell (1986) measured rip currents off headland-bounded beaches dur- 
ing storms and measured velocities of greater than 1 m/sec extended to 
hundreds of meters past the surf zone. However, Field and Roy (1984) be- 
lieve that rip currents probably do not transport sand to a depth greater 
than 45 m. 


Seymour (1983), in experiments at Santa Barbara, Torrey Pines, and 
Virginia Beach (as part of the Nearshore Sediment Transport Study), also 
documented rip currents as a mechanism of offshore sediment transport. 
During periods of intense storm waves, Seymour (1983) documented the 
formation of offshore bars, particularly at Santa Barbara. The formation 
of these bars is attributed to excessive longshore sediment transport and 
rip current outlets during these storms. 


Hyperpycnal plumes. Hyperpycnal plumes, or sediment/water flows 
of dense concentration that plunge under flows of less dense concentration 
associated with gravity flows (Bates 1953), may also result in seaward 
transport where fine-grained sediments are present (no autosuspension is 
needed). In studies by Wright et al. (1991), where bed slope was 0.6 deg, 
suspended sediment concentrations were as high as 10 g/l, and underflows 
were as thick as 2 m with downslope speeds of 10-40 cm/sec, Wright et al. 
(1991) attributed this offshore-directed sediment flow to a rise of 0.6 m in 
mean water level (during this particular storm) and a resultant strong 
seaward-directed downwelling flow. 


Bar formation/migration. Osborne and Greenwood (submitted, 1992) 
determined that cross-shore sediment transport at a non-barred inner shelf 
in Nova Scotia and a barred inner shelf at Georgian Bay are similar and a 
function of the following parameters: 


a. Local wind-forced low-frequency waves. 


Chapter 3 Evidence of Cross-Shore Sediment Transport 


29 


30 


b. Mean current flows (in the Nova Scotia non-barred example, these 
flows were offshore-directed undertows). 


Additional causes of non-barred inner shelf sediment transport include 
swell, while additional causes of barred inner shelf sediment transport in- 
clude high-frequency wind wave oscillatory currents. 


Osborne and Greenwood (1992) also differentiate between sediment 
transport at different locations on the bar. On the lakeward slope of the 
bar, a net offshore sediment transport component of mean currents results 
from the offshore flow of undertow and group-forced bound long waves, 
and the landward flow mechanism of wind wave oscillatory currents. This 
is in contrast to studies on Padre Island, Texas, by Hill and Hunter (1976) 
who show that net onshore bottom currents are dominant on the seaward 
side of the bars and the bar crests under normal breaking wave conditions 
of 0.3 to 1.0 m. On the bar crest, Osborne and Greenwood (1992) state 
that there was no net transport of sediment due to a balance between off- 
shore mean transport (undertow) and onshore net oscillatory transport (in- 
teraction between both high- and low-frequency waves). Landward of the 
bar crest and in the trough, although the wind waves decrease due to dissi- 
pation of wave energy, suspended sediment transport by low-frequency 
waves is most important, thus transporting sediment in a predominantly 
onshore direction (Osborne and Greenwood 1992). 


Sediment trends 


Wright (in press), in a study at the Field Research Facility at Duck, 
North Carolina, documented that the grain size of the inner shelf over the 
upper 18 m exhibits a slight tendency to fine seaward (Figure 8). Fine to 
very fine sand (D5, = 0.09-0.13 mm) prevails, while silts and clays com- 
prise 10-15 percent of the surficial sediment. This seaward-fining se- 
quence is a result of decreases in energy in an offshore direction. 


Different magnitudes and properties of offshore versus onshore flow 
across the inner shelf have resulted in the differential transport of fine ver- 
sus coarse sediments. Smith and Hopkins (1972) state that during storm 
events fine material is transported offshore, while coarse material is trans- 
ported onshore. They documented that fine sand moves as suspended load 
from the nearshore and is transported offshore during severe storms. Dur- 
ing non-storm periods, both fine and coarse sand move onshore by wave- 
driven bottom currents, which have a net onshore component. 


Basically, coarse material moves onshore due to the greater energy ex- 
erted by the onshore-directed wave orbitals which are shorter, and exert 
great velocities on the bed. Fine material moves offshore as suspended 
load by the offshore-oriented orbitals, which are longer and of less energy. 
Thus, the coarse material is moved onshore while the fine material moves 
offshore (Wright et al. 1991). 


Chapter 3 Evidence of Cross-Shore Sediment Transport 


Very fine 

sond with 

20% silt 

and clay Alternating coarse 
and fine sediment 
some gravel 


4 6 


Distance Seaward (km) 


Figure 8. Cross-shelf profile of the inner shelf off Duck, North Carolina (after Wright 
et al. (in press)) 


Smith and Hopkins (1972) determined in their study of Columbia River 
sediments that an average particle on the shelf moves about 40 km/year in 
a longshore direction and 7 km/year in an offshore direction. The major- 
ity of this transport occurs only during a few storms each winter. Esti- 
mates of sediment transport indicate that the sand fraction moves much 
more slowly as bed load than the silt fraction as suspended load. 


Seasonal effects on inner shelf cross-shore sediment transport 


Seasonal cross-shore transport of sediment along the southern Califor- 
nia coast has been documented by Shepard (1950), Shepard and Inman 
(1950), Inman (1953), Inman and Rusnak (1956), and Aubrey (1979). Dur- 
ing summer, the subaerial beach accretes, while the offshore loses sedi- 
ment. In winter, the subaerial beach erodes, while the offshore accretes. 
These changes are a result of variation in wave frequency and directional 
properties (e.g. Pawka et al. (1976)). Small-amplitude, long-period waves 
dominate in summer, while higher-energy, high-frequency storm waves 
dominate in winter. 


Aubrey (1979) examines temporal changes in beach/inner shelf profile 
configuration using eigenfunction analysis of profile data for southern 
California profiles for a 5-year period. Two seasonal pivotal points sepa- 
rating eroding and accreting regions are documented at -2 m to -3 m, and 
at -6 m. A simple model of depth-dependent seasonal sand movement 


31 


Chapter 3 Evidence of Cross-Shore Sediment Transport 


32 


shows that during initial winter storms, sand is eroded from both the fore- 
shore and from depths of -6 m to -10 m and is deposited at the -2-m to 
-6-m water depth. During less energetic periods, sediment migrates both 
onshore (to the beachface) as well as offshore (to a depth of -10 m) from 
its winter site of deposition (-2 m to -6 m). This depth-dependent motion 
contradicts the single pivotal-point model previously suggested for near- 
shore seasonal cross-shore sediment motion and emphasizes the complex- 
ity of nearshore sediment transport. A sediment budget for seasonal 
cross-shore transport, based on the dual pivotal point model, consists of 
exchanges of 85 m?/m at the -3-m pivotal point, and 15 m?/m at the -6-m 
pivotal point. On a longer (5-year) time scale, beaches showed no erosion 
or accretion, suggesting that the limited coastal region is stable over this 
time period. 


Beach-inner Shelf Sediment Exchange/Losses 


Now that evidence has been presented concerning the onshore and off- 
shore components of cross-shore sediment transport, the actual exchange 
of sediment between the inner shelf and the beach is considered. Boyd 
(1981) emphasized that cross-shore sediment exchange represents a major 
contribution to the inner shelf sediment budget. 


Studies by Pearson and Riggs (1981) extensively documented the ex- 
change of sediment between the beach and the inner shelf at Wrightsville 
Beach, North Carolina. It is this study which has accentuated the impor- 
tance of the permanent loss of sediment from the beach-inner shelf sys- 
tem. Two findings associated with this study are important. First, 
Pearson and Riggs (1981) observed the offshore transport of replenish- 
ment sand from Wrightsville Beach to a depth of -16.6 m. This is based 
on the presence of beach nourishment sand (fine to coarse-grained gray to 
black sand with oyster shells) which is easily distinguishable from North 
Carolina continental shelf sands, which are brown in color. This suggests 
that the depth of closure at Wrightsville Beach is at least -16.6 m. 


Secondly, Pearson and Riggs (1981) state that periodic renourishment 
totalling 7,300,000 cu m of material placed since 1939 (which would 
cover a 23.3-km? area with a 14.6-cm layer of sediment) is being effec- 
tively and permanently removed from the nearshore system. This renour- 
ishment sand requirement has not decreased over time, indicating that the 
profile is not establishing an equilibrium profile. Pilkey et al. (1993) con- 
tend that if the concept of the equilibrium profile were valid, then the vol- 
ume of sand needed to nourish the profile should decrease over the years 
as it accumulates above closure depth on the inner shelf. 


In studies of Hurricanes Carla and Allen, and tropical storm Delia on 
the Texas shelf, Nummedal and Snedden (1987) document the cross-shore 
exchange of sediment as a great loss of sediment from the beach-inner 
shelf. They found that sand is moved offshore during storms due to 


Chapter 3 Evidence of Cross-Shore Sediment Transport 


downwelling (three-layer flow) but is not returned onshore. Niedoroda, 
Swift, and Hopkins (1985) also supported the loss of sediment from the 
beach-inner shelf system only during storms. However, they state that 
some of the sand transferred from beach to inner shelf during storms will 
return. 


Luternauer and Pilkey (1967) employ the use of minerals (i.e. phos- 
phorite) at the North Carolina coast at Onslow Bay to document the inter- 
change of sediment between the beach and the inner shelf. They found 
that the shelf is an important source of beach sediments. This suggests 
that the shelf is a major contributor of phosphorite to landward beaches. 
Another interesting finding of this study was that a small amount of long- 
shore transport occurs on the shelf as phosphorite content is limited to 
Onslow Bay and does not spill over to other embayments. This indicates 
that phosphorite is a useful tool for determining sediment provenance and 
transportation. 


Thus, several studies support the interchange of sediment between the 
beach and the inner shelf. However, there are examples in the literature 
where no sediment interchange occurs. For instance, Meisburger (1989) 
investigated the interchange of sediment between the beach and Gilbert 
Shoal, a nearshore linear shoal off Florida. He determined that the major 
sediment source to the beach is from littoral processes, while a lesser 
amount of sediment comes from the shoal. However, the shoal and sur- 
rounding seafloor receive little, if any, sediment from the beach or nearby 
St. Lucie Inlet. The shoal obtains sediment from the nearby shelf floor 
and from in situ shell production. 


Depth of inner shelf sediment transport 


When considering sediment interchange between the shelf and the 
beach, the next logical question is to what depth is sediment transported 
and/or affected on the continental shelf. This topic was previously consid- 
ered in the “Depth of Closure” section of Chapter 2 as discussed by 
Draper (1967); Harlett (1972); Komar, Neudeck, and Kulm (1972); Smith 
and Hopkins (1972); Sternberg and Larsen (1976); Channon and Hamilton 
(1976); Sternberg and McManus (1972); Gadd, LaVelle, and Swift (1978); 
Vincent, Swift, and Hillard (1981); Larsen et al. (1981); and Wright et al. 
(1986). In addition, Grant and Madsen (1979a,b, 1986), Madsen and 
Grant (1976), Larsen et al. (1981), and Niedoroda et al. (1982) compute 
bed load transport at depths. Evidence of sediment transport at consider- 
able depths (greater than -40 m) follows. 


Direct current measurements on the central and outer continental shelf 
of Washington and Oregon by Smith and Hopkins (1972) at the -50-m and 
-80-m water depths showed that significant sediment transport in an off- 
shore direction, most importantly by suspended load, occurs only during 
storms. A storm with current speeds of up to 60 cm/sec transports on the 
order of 6 m?/hr/m of sediment of shelf length, while a 70-cm/sec storm 


Chapter 3 Evidence of Cross-Shore Sediment Transport 


33 


transports 15m?/hr/m of sediment of shelf length. Net transport of sedi- 
ment is offshore. These data suggest that a single severe storm may be 
more effective in transporting sediment than several small storms. 


Komar, Neudeck, and Kulm (1972) discuss the production of orbitals 
by surface waves, which in turn create ripples, and rework shelf sedi- 
ments. Table 2 shows relationships between depth of rippling and a vari- 
ety of surface wave conditions (after Komar, Neudeck and Kulm (1972)). 


Table 2 
Relationships Between Depth of Rippling and a Variety of Surface 
Wave Conditions (after Komar, Neudeck, and Kulm (1972)) 


Significant 
Wave Period | Wave Height | Depth of 
(sec) a Rippling (m) 
85 


2.13 


Ripple 
Orbital Wavelength 
Diameter (cm)| (cm) 


Surface Wave 
Conditions 


Average Summer 
Waves 


12.6 


Storm Waves 


Average Winter 3.05 99 
Waves | 
Large Storm 9.14 138 
Conditions | 
Long-Period 9.14 204 


Symmetrical (wave-generated) oscillatory shore-parallel ripple marks 
(see section in Chapter 4 titled “Examples of Inner Shelf Sedimentary Fea- 
tures” for additional information on ripple symmetry) exist on the Oregon 
continental shelf out to water depths of -204 m, while asymmetrical rip- 
ples are rare. Symmetrical ripples are covered by bottom orbital veloci- 
ties (as calculated by the Airy wave theory) as well as unidirectional 
currents while asymmetrical ripples are believed to be produced by inter- 
nal waves (15- to 30-min period), as they are more similar to unidirec- 
tional currents. It is believed that upwelling currents could not have 
formed ripples (Komar, Neudeck, and Kulm 1972). 


Larsen et al. (1981) determined that at the -100-m depth on the Wash- 
ington shelf, for sediment sizes 0.03-0.07 mm, a bottom oscillating cur- 
rent of 13 cm/sec is needed to suspend sediments. These types of currents 
and waves are common during winter storms in Washington, where 
100-cm/sec velocities associated with 15-sec waves have been measured. 
Draper (1967) calculated that fine sand on the shelf edge of Britain would 
be moved at a depth of 183 m 20 percent of the year. Sternberg and 
Larsen (1976) found that relatively frequent grain motion occurs at the 
-75-m depth on the Washington shelf. 


In addition, computations of bed-load transport by Madsen and Grant 


(1976) have shown that for conditions with 1.5-m, 13-sec waves, bed load 
was entrained to a depth of -16 m. 


Chapter 3 Evidence of Cross-Shore Sediment Transport 


Storm/Fair-Weather Sediment Transport 


Several researchers (Hayes 1967a,c; Murray 1970; Morton 1981; Green 
at al. 1988; Wright et al. 1991) have documented the differences in cross- 
shore inner shelf mechanisms and resulting sediment transport during fair- 
weather and storm conditions (refer to “Significant (Storm) Event 
References” in Appendix B for additional references concerning this 


topic). 


Green at al. (1988) and Wright et al. (1991) in Mid-Atlantic Bight ex- 
periments measured suspended sediment movement, wave heights, and 
mean current flows between the -7-m and -17-m depth contours at Duck, 
NC, in 1985 and 1987 and at Sandbridge,VA, in 1988. The purpose of 
this work was to identify modes, directions, rates, and causes of shore- 
normal sediment flux over the inner shelf in response to different energy 
conditions (Table 3). Field measurements were compared to energetics 
mathematical models of sand transport (Bowen 1980; Bailard 1981; Guza 
and Thornton 1985 a,b; Roelvink and Stive 1989) who compared the con- 
tributions of mean and oscillatory flows, and separated cross-shore compo- 
nents of immersed weight sediment transport into bed load and suspended 


load. 


Table 3 


Summary of Environmental Conditions at Duck, North Carolina, for 
Different Events (after Wright et al. (1991)) 


Parameter 


Post-Hurricane 
Fair Weather 
August, 1991 


Summer 
Fair Weather 
July, 1987 


Winter 
Swell-Dominated 
January, 1988 


Extra-Tropical 
Storm 


-_—— 


Bed roughness 


Depth of 
instrumentation 


Current speed 


Wave height 


Wave period 


Wave/current 
angle 


Large ripples, 
biogenic activity 


Ripples on 
mounds and holes 


Small ripples, 
irregular 


October, 1991 


Highly mobile 
plane bed 


9.0-16.5 cm/sec 10.6-13.0 cm/sec 


7m im 


2.0-49.5 cm/sec 


4.0-13.6 cm/sec 


0.29-0.40 m 0.9-1.4m 1.0->4.0m 
7.0 sec 9.7-12.9 sec 9.0-14.0 sec 
45°-75° 26°-34° 29°-66° 36°-85° 


Fair-weather sediment transport 


In documenting fair-weather processes, Green et al. (1988) and Wright 
et al. (1991) examined data collected at the -8-m and -17-m depths during 
two data collection periods at Duck (1985 and 1987). Green et al. (1988) 
and Wright et al. (1991) found that although tides and oscillatory wave 
motion strongly influence both onshore and offshore sediment transport 


Chapter 3 Evidence of Cross-Shore Sediment Transport 


35 


36 


processes, mean cross-shore flows were of greatest importance. There ex- 
isted no relation between bed stress by instantaneous cross-shore velocity 
and suspended sediment concentration. The mean cross-shore flow re- 
versed with the tide. During high tide, weak offshore flows occurred, 
while during low tides stronger onshore flows resulted. Bed load and sus- 
pended load quantities were nearly equivalent. 


In fair-weather conditions, Wright et al. (1991) found that cross-shore 
flows differed according to depth. Overall, flows at the -8-m depth tended 
to be more energetic and had greater sediment transport rates by an order 
of magnitude. At a depth of -8 m, suspended sediment transport, which 
was dominated by mean cross-shore flows, was predominantly offshore. 
However, these flows reversed direction more often than those at a depth 
of -17 m. Conversely, at a depth of -17 m, a slight landward flow from 
mean flow and oscillatory currents resulted. 


Larsen (1982) stated that offshore sediment transport on the shelf is a 
slow but steady seaward motion of resuspended sediments. This contra- 
dicted the conclusions of other researchers (e.g. Wright et al. 1991) who 
stated that offshore sediment transport on the shelf occurred during a few 
events with a strong offshore component. The time required to establish 
steady flow conditions is approximately a tidal cycle offshore, but de- 
creases to several hours at shallower depth at the inner shelf due to 
friction. 


Moderate energy sediment transport 


Moderate energy processes, and related sediment transport, as studied 
at Sandbridge, VA, in 1988, were dominated primarily by mean flows, inci- 
dent wave orbitals, and tidal currents (Wright et al. 1991). The dominant 
flow was oriented onshore (which may be a function of tidal currents and 
upwelling from west winds during the study period). As in fair-weather 
processes, there was little relationship between suspended sediment trans- 
port and bed stress during moderate energy conditions. Suspended sedi- 
ment concentration, which at times equaled 1.5 kg/m?, varied considerably 
over the period. Tidal variation also occurred, as it did during fair- 
weather processes. However, in deference to fair-weather process peri- 
ods, weak onshore currents occurred during higher tides. 


Swell-dominated processes 


Swell-dominated processes, as measured at Duck, North Carolina, in 
1988 (during wave conditions of H, of 0.85-1.4 m and periods of 
10-14 sec), resulted in overall onshore flow (Wright et al. 1991). How- 
ever, many flow reversals occurred due to constant weak offshore-directed 
cross-shore mean flows, which opposed high-frequency landward-directed 
wave-induced oscillatory flows. These wave orbital velocities (maximum 
of 0.5 m/sec) were the main source of bed shear stress. 


Chapter 3 Evidence of Cross-Shore Sediment Transport 


Overall, during swell-dominated conditions, the bed was strongly agi- 
tated at all times (suspended sediment concentration exceeded 1.0 kg/m?). 
Findings indicated that the suspended sediment load is dominant over bed 
load, and was directed onshore due to the landward-oriented incident 
wave orbital motion. 


Storm-dominated processes 


Storm-dominated processes were measured during a ‘northeaster’ storm 
at Duck, North Carolina, in 1985 (storm surge of 0.6 m; wave heights of 
1-1.4 m, wave periods averaging 8 sec)(Wright et al. 1991). Sediment 
transport prior to the storm was bidirectional but was net offshore during 
the storm and was greater than that of fair-weather and moderate proc- 
esses by an order of one to two magnitudes. This net offshore transport of 
sediment occurred due to onshore winds, the resulting 0.6-m rise in mean 
water level, and associated downwelling and offshore-directed bottom 
mean flows. However, this offshore sediment transport is much less than 
alongshore transport of sediment. 


During storm-dominated processes, suspended sediment concentrations 
averaged above 1.0 kg/m? throughout the study and were up to 4.0 kg/m? 
associated with wave orbital velocities up to 1.0 m/sec (Wright et al. 
1991). During the height of the storm, suspended sediment concentrations 
were 4,000 mg/l at 14 cm above the bed; 1,400 mg/l at 34 cm above the 
bed; and 200mg/l at 106 cm above the bed. Although there was a relation- 
ship between suspended sediment concentration and wave orbital velocity, 
there was no relationship between suspended sediment concentration and 
bed shear stress. The effect of the bed shear stresses on the bed (in order 
of occurrence) included: 


a. Negligible changes in bed level response to the initial impulses of the 
storm including wind, mean and oscillatory currents, and suspended 
sediment concentration maxima. 


b. Gradual, but significant, scour of the bed of 5 cm during the storm 
phase that followed the initial impulse. 


c. Initiation of accretion of the bed during the second and stronger peak 
of the storm. 


d. Rapid accretion of the bed (15 cm) during the waning phases of the 
storm (this accretion, the authors note, may be a migrating bed form 
or offshore pulse-like migration of sediment). 


These bed level changes are believed to be associated with high-energy 
wind waves, which cause mixing and mobility of the upper sediment col- 
umn thus causing offshore-oriented sediment exchanges (Wright et al. 
1991). 


Chapter 3 Evidence of Cross-Shore Sediment Transport 


37 


38 


Hayes (1967c) studied Hurricanes Carla and Cindy in the Gulf of Mex- 
ico to examine the direct effects of storm processes and sediment trans- 
port. They recorded cross-shelf thicknesses and textures of Hurricane 
Carla beds to a depth of -35 m off Padre Island, Texas, along 50 km of 
coast. Hayes (1967c) documented that sediment was transferred between 
the beach and the inner shelf in both the onshore and offshore directions. 
Before and during Hurricane Carla, mollusk shells, coral blocks, and other 
materials were transported onshore from water depths between 15 m and 
25 m and deposited on the beach. Storm surge seaward-directed turbidity 
currents carried the sediment offshore. After the storm passed, offshore- 
directed currents associated with hurricane-generated channels deposited 
a 1.25-cm to 3.75-cm layer of sand over preexisting mud out to depths of 
-18 m. In addition, a graded layer of fine sand silt and clay (known as a 
turbidite) was deposited. 


Summary 


Green et al. (1988) document sediment transport changes according to 
different phases of the storm. During fair-weather conditions, although 
the waves were asymmetric in an onshore direction, the reversing tidal cur- 
rents and resulting mean flow controlled inner shelf sediment transport. 
During the early phase of the storm, sediment transport was controlled by 
wind-driven jet-like flow (mean flow) with an offshore component. Dur- 
ing the progression and towards the end of the storm, the waves were 
more organized and highly skewed in a onshore direction, thus enabling 
the highly skewed wave-orbital velocities to transport sediment in an on- 
shore direction against the mean flow. Storm flow was dominated by sus- 
pended load, which accounted for 75 percent of the sediment volume. 


In summarizing the findings of Green et al. (1988) and Wright et al. 
(1991), mean flows, interpreted to be related to tides, were dominant over 
incident waves in generating cross-shore sediment fluxes across the inner 
shelf. Cross-shore mean flows during fair-weather conditions were negli- 
gible, while these flows were greater than 20 cm/sec during storm condi- 
tions. Oscillatory flows associated with waves were 10 cm/sec and 
100 cm/sec during fair-weather and storm conditions, respectively. Sus- 
pended sediment concentrations 10 cm above the bed were less than 
0.1 kg/m? and 1-2 kg/m? during fair-weather and storm conditions, 
respectively. 


Storm Sedimentation Models 


Modeling of storm sedimentation is limited to the models of Dott and 
Bourgeois (1982); Walker (1984); Brenchley (1985); Duke (1985); and 
Duke, Arnott, and Cheel (1991), who base their models on the following 
parameters: 


Chapter 3 Evidence of Cross-Shore Sediment Transport 


a. Textures in modern storm sediments. 
b. Geostrophic flow concepts. 
c. Results of flume experiments. 


d. Inferred storm-generated structures within ancient sandstones to 
construct cross-shelf facies sequences dependent upon water depth, 
sediment availability, and storm parameters such as return 
frequency and strength. 


Keen and Slingerland (1993a) note that while these models represent an 
important conceptual advance, they are qualitative and have not been 
tested against oceanographic data collected for that purpose, or compared 
to results of numerical experiments. 


Keen and Slingerland (1993b) have constructed a three-dimensional nu- 
merical prediction model to hindcast the oceanographic and sedimen- 
tologic responses of the western Gulf of Mexico to four historical tropical 
cyclones. 


The simulations of the numerical model by Keen and Slingerland 
(1993b) indicate that: 


a. Onshore flow to the right of the storm track generally transports fine 
sediment landward. 


b. Offshore flow to the left of the storm track transports coarser 
sediments seaward. 


c. A right-to-left (facing the coast) alongshore flow transports finer 
sediment in deep water and coarser sediment in shallower water. 


The models of Keen and Slingerland (1993a,b) suggest that coastal geome- 
try is the controlling factor in determining sedimentation patterns, while 

in situ sediments are the main source of sediments to the inner shelf. 
Along the coast in front of each storm, the volume of sediment transported 
obliquely in a cross-shore direction is a function of the shelf gradient and 
coastal configuration. Steeper gradients constrain flow to a more long- 
shore pattern. Concave coastlines promote greater shoreface erosion be- 
cause of increased setup. 


Chapter 3 Evidence of Cross-Shore Sediment Transport 


39 


40 


4 Sedimentary Features/ 
Stratigraphy of the Inner 
Shelf 


Introduction 


Mechanisms of cross-shore sediment transport on the inner shelf 
greatly affect sedimentary features including morphological signatures 
such as surficial bed forms, and stratigraphy (internal structure) of the in- 
ner shelf. The first studies of inner shelf sedimentary features and strati- 
graphy characteristics were those of Agassiz (1888), Grabau (1913), and 
Johnson (1919). Johnson (1919), who developed the first model of conti- 
nental shelf sedimentary characteristics, stated that: 


a. The shelf is a system in dynamic equilibrium both in terms of slope 
and grain parameters. 


b. Given a nearshore sediment source, grain size decreases in an 
offshore direction due to decreasing wave energy. 


Shepard (1932) stated that the shelf was composed of a mosaic of sedi- 
ment sizes and types rather than a uniform seaward-fining trend in grain 
size. He suggested that these sediments were deposited during periods of 
lower sea level, particularly during the Pleistocene Epoch. Emery (1952, 
1968) presented a classification of shelf sediments on a genetic basis con- 
sidering the following types of materials: 


a. Authigenic, or formed or generated in place (e.g. glauconite or 
phosphorite). 


b. Organic, or relating to a compound containing carbon as an essential 
component (e.g. foraminifera, shells). 


c. Residual, or relating to an accumulation of rock debris formed by 
weathering which remains in place (e.g. residual clay). 


Chapter 4 Sedimentary Features/ Stratigraphy of the Inner Shelf 


d. Relict, or remnant from an earlier environment such as a beach or 
dune. 


e. Detrital material, or presently supplied from rivers, coastal erosion, 
and eolian or glacial activity. 


Emery (1952) stated that in most coastal environments, the nearshore zone 
is composed of modern detrital sediments, while the shelf is composed of 
relict sands. 


Curray (1964) stated that stratigraphy of the continental shelf is a func- 
tion of the following: 


a. Fluctuations in sea level. 

b. Rate of sediment input to the continental shelf. 
c. Sediment grain size and mineralogy. 

d. Rate of energy input. 

e. Rate of relative sea level change. 

f. Continental shelf slope. 


Curray (1964) found that the onshore (transgression)/offshore (regression) 
migration of the shoreline, and subsequent sediment dispersal and rate of 
net deposition/erosion of sediment on the continental shelf are functions 
of the rate of sea level rise (subsidence of the land) or sea level fall (emer- 
gence of the land) (Figure 9). Migrations of the shoreline and deposition 
of sediment on the continental shelf are important in understanding the pa- 
leogeography, sources, environments, and deposition mechanisms of 
sediments. 


Examples of Inner Shelf Sedimentary Features 


There exist a wide range of sedimentary features on the inner shelf 
ranging in scale from linear shoals (also known as ridge and swale topog- 
raphy) (hundreds of meters) to individual bed forms (centimeters to 
meters). 


Large-scale sedimentary features 
The large-scale sedimentary morphology of the middle Atlantic Bight 


was first extensively documented during the Inner Continental Shelf Sedi- 
ment and Structure Program (ICONS) undertaken by the U.S. Army Corps 


Chapter 4 Sedimentary Features/Stratigraphy of the Inner Shelf 


41 


RELATIVE SEA LEVEL 


FALLING SEA LEVEL RISING SEA LEVEL 
OR EMERGENCE OR SUBSIDENCE 


RAPID SLOW 


EROSION 


N 
m 
LOW RATE @&_ EROSION 


z 
Oo 
= 
w 
Oo 
a 
i 
ras) 
b 
Fa 
u 
Oo 
ut 
z 


Zz 
=) 
= 
je) 
’2) 
oO 
Qa 
WwW 
a 


HIGH RATE 


Li 


Figure 9. Relationship between rate of net sediment deposition/erosion and rate of sea 
level rise/fall (after Curray (1964)) 


of Engineers in the mid-1960s. This program was undertaken to accom- 
plish the following: 


a. Identify continental shelf sand bodies for beach nourishment 
purposes. 


b. Garner a greater understanding of shelf sedimentation as it pertains 
to the supply of sand for beaches. 


c. Increase understanding of changes in coastal and shelf morphology, 
longshore sediment transport, inlet migration and stabilization, and 
navigation. 


d. Increase understanding of the geologic history of the continental 
shelf. 


Additional studies of the Middle Atlantic Bight of North America include 
Veatch and Smith (1939), Shepard (1963), Emery (1966), Uchupi (1968), 
and Duane et al. (1972). 


42 Chapter 4 Sedimentary Features/Stratigraphy of the Inner Shelf 


ICONS helped to identify the larger framework of geomorphic sedimen- 
tary features on the Middle Atlantic Bight of North America, including the 
following (Figure 10): 


Hudson River | 


: < Long ale 


Morpnolegic Elements of 
the Middte Atlantic Bight 


LEGEND 


—— Surface Channet 
ecee Subsurface 

eooe Inferred Channel 
mm Scarp 

@eme Shoal Retreat Massifs 

(zS Cuestas 

@mm Sheif Edge, Mid—Sheif Deltas 
== Sand Ridges 


SN SSS 


Se 77, Te sey 74 73 72 7 


Figure 10. Morphology of the Middle Atlantic Bight (after Swift (1975)) 


Chapter 4 Sedimentary Features/ Stratigraphy of the Inner Shelf 


43 


44 


a. Broad, flat plateaus. 


b. Fluvial valleys and related deltas excavated during the Quaternary 
Period (from approximately 2 million ybp to the Recent (present) 
Period inclusive of the Pleistocene and Holocene Epochs)(Evernden 
et al. 1964, Pratt and Schlee 1969). 


c. Shoal and retreat massifs (landward migration of deltas during 
transgression [or rising sea level]). 


d. Terraces and scarps. 
e. Cuestas. 
f. Sand ridges. 


Duane et al. (1972) summarized these studies and discussed both inner 
shelf-detached and shelf-attached shoals. Linear northeast-trending inner 
shelf-detached shoals trend from the shoreline at an angle between 5 deg 
and 25 deg, are located in water depths of up to -30 m, measure approxi- 
mately 25 to 500 m in length, have reliefs of up to 10 m, have side slopes 
of a few degrees, and extend for tens of kilometers. These sand bodies are 
composed of well-sorted medium- to coarse-grained sands and are similar 
in lithology to adjacent beaches. In some instances, clusters of shoals 
merge with the shoreline in depths as low as 3 m. 


Inner shelf-attached shoals are shoals that are landward of the wave 
base (about -8 m)(Duane et al. 1972)(although these features are located 
in the nearshore zone, they are not similar in nature to surf zone/nearshore 
bars). These shoals appear to form in response to the interaction of south- 
trending, shore-parallel, wind-generated currents with wave and storm- 
generated bottom currents during winter storms. Aggradation of crests 
occurs during storm waves, while degradation occurs during fair-weather 
waves. These shoals are believed to have formed during lower sea levels 
associated with the Wisconsin stage of glaciation (the most recent and far- 
thest south continental glaciation advancement approximately 21,500 ybp 
to 10,000 ybp during the Pleistocene Epoch) (Evernden et al. 1964, Pratt 
and Schlee 1969). The shoals are modified by present-day coastal proc- 
esses, as they are in equilibrium with shelf processes. If these shoals were 
not in equilibrium with present-day processes, they would erode and 
disappear. 


Field and Roy (1984) also document elongate, shore-parallel shoals on 
the lower inner shelf in southeast Australia. These bodies are 10-30 m 
thick and parallel the coast for 40 km. The upper parts of these sand bod- 
ies are composed of sand transported downslope from the upper inner 
shelf and surf zone. Surface sediments of ridges are well-sorted and 
coarser than surrounding sediments. No seaward fining trend exists. In- 
ternally, beds are parallel to the slope of the inner shelf and there is no evi- 
dence of cross- bedding, thus making it difficult to determine the exact 


Chapter 4 Sedimentary Features/Stratigraphy of the Inner Shelf 


seaward sediment transport mechanisms responsible for the formation of 
these structures. Field and Roy (1984) indicate that the most plausible 
mechanism is the seaward transport of sediment during storm-induced 
downwelling currents. 


Cacchione et al. (1984), in a study associated with the Coastal Ocean 
Dynamics Experiment, have identified three types of sedimentary features 
of the Central California inner shelf up to 2 km from the coast in -65 m of 
water. These included: 


a. Rocky outcrops. 


b. Elongate depressions of low relief on the inner shelf slightly oblique 
or normal to the general trend of the isobaths. These depressions 
contain ripples (heights of 0.40 m; wavelengths of 1.7 m) believed 
to be formed by large-amplitude, long-period winter surface waves. 


c. Smooth areas of no perceptible relief, but covered with well-defined 
wave ripples (heights of 0.02-0.05 m, wavelengths of 0.20-0.30 m). 


The proposed generation mechanism of these features is storm-generated 
bottom currents associated with strong, storm-driven downwelling flows 
during late fall and winter, steered by underwater rock ledges which scour 
the surficial fine-grained sediment and expose the coarser-sand substrate 
in the depressions (Cacchione et al. 1984). 


Small-scale sedimentary features 


Bed form classification. Harms et al. (1975) presented a classification 
of bed forms in which bed form formation is a function of energy (depend- 
ent upon the energy source and water depth), and grain size, where a 
larger grain size effectively reduces the amount of energy affecting the 
bed (Table 4). The hierarchy of bed form formation by increasing energy 
includes ripples, megaripples, and sand waves. Within the ripple classifi- 
cation, a gradation exists from short-crested (0- to 20-cm wavelength), to 
medium-crested (20- to 40-cm wavelength), to large-crested (40- to 60-cm 
wavelength) ripples (Reineck and Singh 1986). Within the megaripple 
classification, a gradation exists from two-dimensional (straight-crested) 
megaripples, to three-dimensional or lunate (sinuous-crested) megarip- 
ples, to flat (plane) beds (Figures 11 and 12). 


45 
Chapter 4 Sedimentary Features/Stratigraphy of the Inner Shelf 


INCREASING FLOW STRENGTH 


a 
“w 


LINEAR UNDULATORY = CUSPATE PLANED OFF FLAT BED 
RHOMBOID 


TWO 
DIMENSIONAL oe THREE DIMENSIONAL ——_——_——_| 


Figure 11. Gradation from two-dimensional to three-dimensional bed forms and flat beds 
with increasing flow strength (after Reineck and Singh (1986)) 


SEEUEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEE 


Table 4 
Hierarchy of Bed Form Formation by Increasing Energy (after 
Harms et al. (1975)) 


Low-energy High-energy 
Sandwaves Sandwaves 


Parameter 


Ripples Megaripples 


60 cm-10m >6m >10m 


Relatively large 


Sinuous to highly | Straight to sinuous 
three-dimensional 


Spacing 


Variable Relatively small Very small 


Height/Spacing 
Ratio 


Geometry Highly variable Straight to sinuous 


Characteristic Low (> 25-30 High (> 70-80 Moderate (> High (> 70-80 
Flow Velocity cm/s, < 40-50 cm/s, < 100-150 | 30-40 cm/s, < cm/s, may be 150 
cm/s) cm/s) 70-80 cm/s) cm/s) 
Velocity Negligible to Negligible to Usually substantial | Small to 
Asymmetry substantial substantial euestental 
= eel 


Formation and movement of inner shelf sedimentary features, primarily 
the smaller scale ripples, are primary methods of inner shelf cross-shore 
sediment transport. These bed forms are formed only during turbulent 
flow conditions (water flow in which the flow lines are confused and het- 
erogeneously mixed (Bates and Jackson 1984). These turbulent condi- 
tions are created by wave and related oscillatory motion, or tide-generated 
currents near the bottom which roll and creep sediment particles along the 
sediment-water interface (Reineck and Singh 1986). As sediment parti- 
cles continue to move from the trough to the crest on both sides, ripples 
eventually form. As velocity increases and greater amounts of sediment 


46 
Chapter 4 Sedimentary Features/Stratigraphy of the Inner Shelf 


Mean Flow Direction 


Two — Dimensional, Straight—Crested Dunes 


Mean Flow Direction 


Three — Dimensional, Cuspate Dunes 


Figure 12. Two-dimensional and three-dimensional bed forms. Vortices and flow patterns 
are shown by arrows above the dunes (after Reineck and Singh (1986)) 


47 
Chapter 4 Sedimentary Features/Stratigraphy of the Inner Shelf 


are added to the ridge, ripple height continues to increase with velocity 
until a point where height decreases and length increases. 


Bedding theory. Bedding is defined as the signature of migration of a 
surficial bed form, or a morphologic feature having various systematic pat- 
terns of relief which is created by the conditions of flow at the dynamic 
interface between a body of cohesionless sediment particles and a fluid 
(Davis 1983). Many authors have stated that bed form migration produces 
internal stratigraphic records in subsurface sediments. These records pro- 
vide clues to the processes, magnitudes, and directions of sediment trans- 
port that formed them (Nittrouer and Sternberg 1981, Swift et al. 1983). 

In other words, a specific process with a given magnitude and direction of 
energy will produce a unique subsurface stratigraphic record. The reader 
is referred to Reading (1978), Allen (1982), and Reineck and Singh (1986) 
for comprehensive discussions of stratigraphic signatures of migrating 
sedimentary features. 


Generally, there exist two classes of bedding; horizontal and cross- 
bedding. Horizontal bedding is characterized by parallel beds graded at 
any angle, usually resulting from flat bed sediment migration or the migra- 
tion of sediment where no bed forms occur. 


Cross-bedding, which is the most common type of bedding encoun- 
tered on the inner shelf, is defined as a single layer, or a single sedimenta- 
tion unit, consisting of laminae that are inclined in a direction similar to 
the principal surface of sedimentation. This sedimentation unit is sepa- 
rated from adjacent layers by a surface of erosion, nondeposition, or 
abrupt changes in character. 


Reineck and Singh (1986) indicate that different types of cross-bedding 
result from the migration of different types and sizes of bed forms. Two 
types of cross-bedding shown in Figure 13 include: 


a. Planar cross-bedding - cross-bedding in which bounding surfaces 
form more or less planar surfaces. These units are tabular or 
wedge-shaped. 


b. Trough cross-bedding - cross-bedding in which bounding surfaces 
are curved surfaces and the unit is trough-shaped. 


Clifton (1976) classifies internal sedimentary structures on the inner 
shelf into the following three classes: 


a. Planar parallel laminae (where lamina (singular) is a type of 
bedding defined as the thinnest recognizable layer in a sediment 
differing from other layers (commonly 0.05 to 0.10 mm thick)). 


b. Medium-scale ripple-foreset bedding (a foreset is a type of bedding 
thicker than lamina produced by the deposition of sediment on the 
downcurrent face of a bed form (Bates and Jackson 1984). 


Chapter 4 Sedimentary Features/Stratigraphy of the Inner Shelf 


50 


c. Small-scale ripple-foreset bedding. 


These three classes of bed forms can form from either wave- or tidal- 
generated currents depending on the flow characteristics. 


Planar parallel laminae develop in shallow marine sands by: 


a. Sheet flow caused by the consistent flow of sand over a flat bed 
during high-energy conditions (Davis 1983). 


b. Migration of long-crested ripple forms accompanied by a slow rate of 
sediment accumulation. 


Deepwater sheet flow results from the high energy oscillatory flow of 
large long-period waves (Clifton 1976), and the currents usually associ- 
ated with geostrophic or downwelling currents. Shallow-water sheet flow 
results from intense wave activity close to the shoreline and may show evi- 
dence of shear sorting of particles of different size, density, or shape (less 
velocity is needed to form sheet flow in fine sand than in coarse sand). 
Other sedimentary structures associated with sheet flow include mica lami- 
nae, convex-up Shells, and little to no bioturbation due to wave reworking. 


The second cause of planar parallel laminae is the migration of ripples 
accompanied with a slow rate of sediment accumulation known as slowly 
climbing ripple stratification (or the internal structure formed in noncohe- 
sive material from migration and simultaneous upward growth of long- 
crested ripples). Climbing ripple stratification can be produced by either 
currents or waves (Reineck and Singh 1986) of all periods, but only by 
medium- to long- period waves (8 to 12 sec) in deeper water. The sedi- 
mentary signature of the migration of ripple forms accompanied with a 
slow rate of sediment accumulation includes poorly defined climbing rip- 
ple foresets, shell lag deposits, concave up shells due to their tumbling 
over ripple crests, and bioturbation. 


Medium-scale ripple foreset bedding is characterized by 6-cm-thick 
foreset units in medium to coarse sand, which form due to the migration 
of cuspate (three-dimensional) megaripples or the migration of long- 
crested ripples if a rapid sedimentation rate is present. Lunate megaripple 
migration produces cross-bedding, while long-crested ripple migration pro- 
duces more tabular units (said of the shape of a sedimentary body whose 
width/thickness ratio is greater than 50 to 1, but less than 1,000 to 1). The 
foresets of medium-scale foreset bedding are oriented onshore in the direc- 
tion of wave propagation suggesting the landward transport of sediment 
associated with orbital asymmetry. 


Small-scale ripple foreset bedding is the most common structure near 
the sediment water interface, but has a low preservation potential. This 
type of bedding is characterized by foreset units less than 6 cm thick and 
is produced by the migration of irregular asymmetrical wave ripples (to be 
described in the following section) or by the migration of small-scale 


Chapter 4 Sedimentary Features/Stratigraphy of the Inner Shelf 


ripples during rapid sediment accumulation. Bedding planes dip onshore 
from wave-generated currents, while bedding associated with unidirec- 
tional currents dips either onshore or offshore (Clifton 1976). 


Ripple symmetry. Inner shelf ripples can be symmetrical or asymmet- 
rical. Symmetrical ripples have similar side slopes and are usually pro- 
duced by waves and associated bidirectional currents of near similar 
magnitudes (Reineck and Singh 1986). 


Asymmetrical ripples, or ripples with different side slopes, are formed 
by bidirectional currents of different magnitudes (Reineck and Singh 
1986). These bidirectional currents can be formed by both wave and tidal- 
generated currents. Asymmetrical wave ripples occur especially in the 
surf zone and shallow water under long period low waves, as the oscilla- 
tory flow of water particles tends not to occur in a closed orbit. Net trans- 
port of sediment occurs in the direction of wave propagation. Therefore, 
there is significant unidirectional sediment movement associated with 
asymmetrical wave ripples. Although both asymmetrical wave ripples and 
current ripples have unequal side slopes, asymmetrical ripples bifurcate 
while current ripples do not. Since the formation of bed forms on the 
inner shelf environment is dominated by wave activity, the following dis- 
cussion concerns wave ripples (ripples formed by wave-generated cur- 
rents, also known as oscillation ripples) rather than current ripples 
(ripples formed by tidal-generated currents). 


Sediment movement in symmetrical wave ripples is a function of wave 
orbitals at the water surface, which flatten towards the bottom eventually 
having only horizontal, and not vertical, movement. These ripples are es- 
sentially straight-crested, have pointed crests, rounded troughs and fre- 
quently show bifurcation. The occasional rounding of crests is a result of 
the reworking of ripples as the current field changes characteristics. The 
internal structure of wave symmetrical ripples is characterized by chev- 
rons indicating two directions of transport (chevron bedding slopes away 
from the crest and toward the trough of a ripple at equal angles). A more 
detailed discussion of internal structure characteristics of wave-ripple bed- 
ding can be found in Boersma (1970) and Reineck and Singh (1986). 


Clifton (1976), building on the work of Inman (1957) and Dingler 
(1974), stated that the prediction of symmetrical ripple size, which is gra- 
dational, is based on grain size, orbital velocity, and wave period. Three 
types of symmetrical ripples include (Figure 14): 


a. Orbital ripples, which form under short-period waves and have ratios 
between orbital diameter/grain diameter (d,/D) which are less than 
2,000 (where ripple wavelength is dependent upon the length of 
orbital diameter of the oscillatory current and is independent of 
grain size). 


51 
Chapter 4 Sedimentary Features/Stratigraphy of the Inner Shelf 


SUBORGITAL 
RIPPLES 


ORBITAL 
RIPPLES 


+ 
AWNORBITAL RIPPLES 


,089 - J25 mm 
126 - 177 
A78 - .250 
.201 - .353 
-354 - .500 
603 - .7O7 
.708 - 1.000 


200 300 400500 | 7901900| 2000 3000 4000 5000 
600 800 1/000 d,/D 


Figure 14. Classification of symmetric and reversing ripples based on the ratio of ripple 
length to square root of grain diameter (WD! 3) and ratio of orbital diameter to 


grain diameter (d,/D) (after Clifton (1976)) based on data from Inman (1957) 
and Dingler (1974)) 


b. Suborbital ripples, which form under longer period waves and have 
d,/D ratios between 2,000 and 5,000 (wavelength increases with 
larger grain size but decreases with increasing orbital diameter). 


c. Anorbital ripples, which are associated with waves of very large 
orbital diameter and have d,/D ratios greater than 5,000 
(wavelength depends on grain size and is independent of orbital 
diameter). 


Reversing ripples, which are considered asymmetrical, have do/D ratios 
between 6,500 and 13,000 (Inman 1957). 


In comparing symmetrical and asymmetrical wave ripple size, Clifton 
(1976) states that symmetrical wave ripples form where maximum bottom 
orbital velocity is less than 1 cm/sec, while asymmetrical wave ripples 
form when maximum bottom orbital velocity is greater than 5 cm/sec. 


92 Chapter 4 Sedimentary Features/Stratigraphy of the Inner Shelf 


Symmetrical wave ripples, which tend to form in deeper water, do not mi- 
grate and thus produce no stratigraphic record. Asymmetrical wave rip- 
ples tend to form in shallow water. In addition, symmetrical wave ripples 
have a poorer preservation potential than asymmetrical ripples, as asym- 
metrical wave ripples migrate. Komar (1974) indicates that ripple spacing 
of symmetrical wave ripples increases landward under short-period waves 
but decreases landward under longer-period waves. 


Reineck and Singh (1986) discuss the formation of ripples as a function 
of water depth and wave period. For wave periods of 2-4 sec, ripples 
form out to a water depth of -25 m. Symmetrical suborbital ripples are 
the dominant ripple type for these periods. No asymmetrical ripples form 
and there exists a limited occurrence of flat beds. For wave periods of 
5-8 sec, ripples form out to a water depth of -100 m and are dominated by 
suborbital symmetrical ripples with some anorbital ripples forming at 
higher velocities in fine- to medium-grained sand. Flat beds form under 
large wave conditions except in coarse sand. For wave periods of 10 to 
15 sec, ripples form to a water depth of -300 m. In deep water, symmetri- 
cal suborbital ripples form in coarse sand while anorbital ripples form in 
fine sand. It is possible that lunate ripples and flat beds form in medium 
to coarse sand at higher velocities. Reineck and Singh (1986) also note 
that maximum velocity, velocity asymmetry, and grain size increase in a 
landward direction. 


Wave-formed sedimentary structures. Clifton (1976) presents a 
model concerning the origin and interrelationship of wave-formed sedi- 
mentary structures. Data collected from southern Oregon (high energy), 
southeast Spain (relatively low energy) and Willapa Bay, Washington (low 
energy), and previously collected data from Komar and Miller (1973, 
1974), Komar (1974) and Dingler (1974) form the basis for this concep- 
tual model. The processes responsible for these structures include: 


a. Wave parameters including height, period, maximum bottom orbital 
velocity, and change in maximum bottom orbital velocity. 


b. Fluid factors (density,viscosity). 

c. Flow factors (existing mean currents). 

d. Bottom configuration factors (water depth over all and local slope). 
e. Sediment factors (grain size diameter, sorting, density, and shape). 
f. Oscillatory currents just above the boundary layer. 

g. Length of oscillatory water movement. 


h. Velocity asymmetry of oscillatory currents. 


Chapter 4 Sedimentary Features/Stratigraphy of the Inner Shelf 


53 


on 
a 
™~ 
£ 
~~ 
vv 
v 
vw 
a 
45) 
o 
o 
~~ 
3 
3) 
7) 
(e} 


Arnott and Southard (1990), in a collinear oscillatory and combined 
flow water tunnel with a wide range of component speeds and an oscilla- 
tion period of 8.5 sec, have produced stability fields for wave-generated 
bed forms in very fine sand. Figure 15 shows that different types of bed 
forms and resulting internal stratigraphy are formed according to different 


wave oscillatory speeds, which are greater closer to shore and reduce in 
an offshore direction. 


Hummocky 
Ripples 


10 em Scale In 
== €=s Sketches 
Pct Bed 


Large 5D‘. Ripples 


\ 
* 
\ 


Low Angle \ High Angle 


Tronsitional 


Smail 
Z 2D Rippies 


Smoil SD Ripples 


Current Ripples 


0.08 0.12 0.16 
(Measured 0.10m Above Bed) 


Unidirectional Speed (m/s) 


Figure 15. Stability fields for bed forms produced in very fine sand in collinear 


54 


combined-flow water tunnel. Velocities were measured at 0.10 m above the 
bed. Note that “2D” considers a two-dimensional (straight-crested, which is 
usually representative of low energy conditions) bed form, while “3D” 
considers a three-dimensional (sinuous-crested, usually representative of 
high energy conditions) bed form (from Arnott and Southard (1990)) 


Chapter 4 Sedimentary Features/Stratigraphy of the Inner Shelf 


Inner Shelf Stratigraphy 


Cross-shore stratigraphic sequences 

Numerous authors (see Appendix B, “Sedimentary Features and Strati- 
graphy References”) have identified cross-shore sequences of sedimentary 
structures and resulting stratigraphy. Clifton (1976) documents the follow- 
ing typical sequence of sedimentary structures for the Oregon coast inner 
shelf resulting from wave-induced oscillatory flow (Figure 16), beginning 
offshore and moving landward: 

a. Inactive zone. 

b. Active asymmetric ripples. 

c. Long-crested asymmetric ripples. 

d. Irregular asymmetric ripples. 

e. Asymmetric cross-ripples. 

f. Megaripples. 

g. Flat bed. 


Similar sequences were also found in Australia by Boyd (1981). 


Land ——= 
—=— Symmetric Asymmetric 


Active Long—Crested reg! Cross—Rippies Lunate Megeripples Fist Beds 


| 


Figure 16. Cross-shore sequence of structures commonly found off the coast of southern 
Oregon (after Clifton (1976)) 


Chapter 4 Sedimentary Features/ Stratigraphy of the Inner Shelf 95 


56 


Howard and Reineck (1972) defined a cross-shore sequence of internal 
stratigraphic structures. In addition to a seaward-fining sediment grain 
size trend, they found that physical sedimentary structures decrease and 
biogenic structures increase in a seaward direction due to increasing depth 
and position of the wave base. Howard and Reineck (1981) also examine 
and describe the primary physical sedimentary structures and compare a 
high-energy sequence at Port Hueneme, California, with a low energy, 
tide-dominated sequence at Sapelo Island, Georgia. 


Howard and Reineck (1981) describe three facies associated with the 
Port Hueneme, California, beach-to-offshore depositional stratigraphic se- 
quence. This sequence includes nearshore, transition, and offshore facies. 
The nearshore facies (+3.0-m to -9.0-m water depth)(inclusive of the fore- 
shore facies from +3.0 m to 0.0 m, and the inner shelf (shoreface) facies 
from 0.0 to -9.0 m) is composed primarily of parallel and cross-bedded ho- 
mogeneous sand, and small-scale wave ripple laminae, while bioturbation 
is only locally significant. Rounded rock-fragment pebbles are present 
both individually and as layers in the foreshore and more commonly in the 
swash zone. Alternating layers of coarse and fine sand are locally present. 
Heavy minerals are abundant throughout and enhance the expression of 
physical sedimentary structures. 


In sections of parallel laminated sand in the nearshore facies, the dip is 
very low (3 deg) and therefore dip directions cannot be specified from 
cores. Individual laminae pinch out at erosional contracts suggesting that 
these are wedged-shaped laminae sets. Thickness of individual parallel 
sets varies from | to 12 mm, with their average thickness being 1-2 mm. 
Cross-bedded sand is characterized by sets 10 to 30 cm thick with individ- 
ual laminae up to 2 cm thick. This sedimentary structure is found only in 
the nearshore facies, and within this facies, increases with decreasing 
water depth. Cross-bedding is most abundant in the vicinity of the mean 
low water line and is commonly associated with coarse sand, and alternat- 
ing sets of coarse and fine sand. Small-scale wave ripple laminae are re- 
stricted mainly to the nearshore facies. Ripples are present on the bottom, 
but were not preserved in cores. Bioturbation was practically nonexistent 
out to a water depth of -6.3 m as wave activity dominated the sedimentary 
sequence. Sand dollars were present in water depths from -6.5 to -8.7 m. 
No shells or shell fragments were found in the nearshore facies (Howard 
and Reineck 1981). 


The transition facies (-9.3-m to -18.7-m water depth) is a zone of fine 
sand and silty sand characterized by an increase in biogenic over physical 
structures that are commonly preserved as laminated-to-burrowed beds. 
This laminated- to-burrowed bed sequence is also described by Howard 
(1972), Howard and Reineck (1972), Golding and Bridges (1973), and 
Bourgeois (1980). Howard and Reineck (1981) state that wave-ripple bed- 
ding and parallel laminae are important structures in this facies. Hum- 
mocky cross-stratification laminae are defined as laminae which are both 
concave up (swales) and convex up (hummocks), possess many undulating 
erosion surfaces, and dip into the swales at angles of approximately 


Chapter 4 Sedimentary Features/Stratigraphy of the Inner Shelf 


15 deg (to be described in detail in the next section). Hummocky cross- 
stratification laminae are probably the most persistent physical sedimen- 
tary structure in this facies, with small-scale oscillation-ripple laminae 
second in abundance. Cross-bedding, pebbles, and heavy-mineral laminae 
are not present. This facies contains stratigraphic structures of both the 
offshore and nearshore zones. The cross-shore transition. between bio- 
genic and physical structures indicates fluctuation of wave energy. The 
onshore limit of this area is most likely normal wave base, while the off- 
shore limit is storm wave base. No shells or shell fragments were present 
in this facies (Howard and Reineck 1981). 


In the offshore facies at Port Hueneme (> -18-m water depth), the pri- 
mary texture is sandy silt and bioturbation is the dominant sedimentary 
structure (Howard and Reineck 1981). Energy decreases with increasing 
water depth, which results in increasing amounts of biogenic activity and 
a fining of grain size in an offshore direction. Biogenic processes affect 
up to 90-100 percent of this facies due to the following: 


a. Slow rates of sedimentation. 
b. Brief storm events. 
c. Long periods of relative quiescence. 


Remnant parallel laminae are the only physical sedimentary structures pre- 
sent. Shells and shell fragments are abundant. Direct or indirect effects 
of storms are rare. 


In comparing the stratigraphy of the inner shelf off Port Hueneme, Cali- 
fornia, and Sapelo Island, Georgia, Howard and Reineck (1981) found sev- 
eral differences in the sedimentary sequences resulting from different 
wave characteristics (as the tidal range for the two areas is similar). A 
major difference between sedimentary sequences at the two sites was the 
water depth at which facies boundaries occur. At the Port Hueneme, Cali- 
fornia, site, the foreshore-inner shelf boundary is distinct as the parallel 
laminated sand of the foreshore facies is replaced by large-scale cross- 
bedding, and small-scale ripple laminae of the inner shelf facies. At the 
Sapelo Island, Georgia site, a distinction between the foreshore/inner shelf 
boundary could not be made because the parallel laminated sand of the 
foreshore facies continues as the dominant sedimentary structure well into 
the upper inner shelf facies. 


Thickness of the inner shelf facies was also different between the two 
sites. At Sapelo Island, the inner shelf is 250 m wide and 2 m thick. The 
upper inner shelf is characterized by parallel laminated sand, and the 
lower inner shelf is characterized by small-scale ripple laminae. In con- 
trast, the Port Hueneme inner shelf is 300 m wide and 9 m thick. Large- 
scale cross- bedding as well as parallel laminated sand and small-scale 
ripple laminae occur on this inner shelf. 


Chapter 4 Sedimentary Features/Stratigraphy of the Inner Shelf 


Sif 


58 


Additional differences between the two sites include the transition 
zone, which is between the -2.0- and -5.0-m water depths at Sapelo Island, 
and between the -9.3 and -18.7-m depths at Port Hueneme. Offshore 
facies are characterized by the presence of palimpsest sediments, defined 
as reworked sediments of the continental shelf, and occur seaward of 
-5.0 m at the Sapelo Island site, and seaward of -18.7 m at the Port Hue- 
neme site. In addition, storm units (parallel laminated to burrowed beds, 
separated by erosional contacts) are more clearly developed at the Port 
Hueneme site sequence. 


In a study of Topsail Island, North Carolina, Schwartz, Hobson, and 
Musialowski (1981) collected data supporting the subdivision of the inner 
shelf into upper, middle, and lower inner shelf zones. These zones corre- 
spond to the inner shelf, transition zone, and offshore facies attributed to 
the Sapelo Island, Georgia, coast site by Howard and Reineck (1981). 
Each zone is related to a particular set of nearshore processes and result- 
ing stratigraphical characteristics. The upper inner shelf is dominated by 
surf conditions (including longshore currents) and maximum wave shoal- 
ing effects just prior to breaking. The approximate water depth range of 
the upper inner shelf is estimated to be between 0.0 m and -2.0 m based 
on sedimentary structures, sediment grain size characteristics, and 
changes in profile shape). Stratigraphically, the upper inner shelf is char- 
acterized by subhorizontal laminae and very low-angle, thinly laminated 
units, and by local occurrences of inverse textural grading. 


The middle inner shelf (approximate water depth from -2.0 to -4.0 m), 
is dominated by relatively strong shoaling effects and coastal currents that 
produce significant downward scour and sediment transport during storm 
events. This facies is dominated by subhorizontal laminae, trough cross- 
bedding, low-angle foreset laminae, and minor bioturbation structures. 
The lower inner shelf, (water depth from -4.0 m to -6.5 m), is slightly to 
moderately affected by fair-weather waves, is stratigraphically dominated 
by subhorizontal to low-angle laminar bedding, small-scale trough or rip- 
ple bedding, and has moderate to locally abundant bioturbation. Nor- 
mally, graded beds, although sometimes poorly defined, occur throughout 
the inner shelf. 


Storm-related stratigraphy 


Numerous authors have identified storms as controlling sedimentation 
and stratigraphy of the inner shelf (Appendix B, “Significant (Storm) 
Event References”). Smith and Hopkins (1972) state that erosion of the 
continental shelf by severe storms ranges from a few millimeters to centi- 
meters; sediment is transported off the continental shelf into deeper 
water. Smith and Hopkins (1972) suggest that deposits are layered, and 
perhaps graded by storms as sands are covered by silt that settles out in 
suspension after the storms. 


Chapter 4 Sedimentary Features/Stratigraphy of the Inner Shelf 


Storm-influenced bedding 
Types of storm-influenced bedding include the following: 


a. Hummocky cross-stratification - defined as laminae which are both 
concave up (swales) and convex up (hummocks), possessing many 
undulating erosion surfaces, and dip into the swales at angles of 
approximately 15 deg (Brenchley 1985, 1989). The laminae are 
oriented 360 deg, indicating that current orientation fluctuates over 
an entire 360-deg circle. The beds, which thin over hummocks and 
thicken over swales, appear similar when viewed from two faces 
perpendicular to one another. Therefore, three-dimensional views 
are required to correctly identify hummocky cross-stratification 
(Brenchley 1985, 1989). 


b. Beds of laminated silt, usually only a few centimeters thick at most, 
which fine upwards. 


c. Beds similar in nature to turbidites (where turbidites are defined as a 
bedding sequence formed by a turbidity current or a bottom-flowing 
current laden with suspended sediment and possessing a density 
greater than that of the water which moves slowly down a 
subaqueous slope (Bates and Jackson 1984)). These beds show 
graded, parallel laminae or ripple drift lamination, commonly 
formed below the wave base. 


Hummocky cross-stratification, also known as truncated wave ripple lami- 
nae (Campbell 1966, 1971), is of utmost importance in the study of storm 
deposits on inner shelf sedimentation/stratigraphy patterns. Studies con- 
cerned with this subject include Campbell (1966, 1971), Harms (1975), 
Hamblin and Walker (1979), Bourgeois (1980), Allen (1982), Dott and 
Bourgeois (1982), Swift et al. (1983), Walker, Duke, and Leckie (1983), 
Brenchley (1985, 1989), Duke (1985, 1987, 1990), Greenwood and Sher- 
man (1984), Klein and Marsaglia (1987), Nottvedt and Kreisa (1987), 
Swift and Nummedal (1987), Arnott and Southard (1990), Higgs (1990), 
Southard and Boguchwal (1990), and Duke, Arnott, and Cheel (1991). 


Hummocky cross-stratification requires an increase in seaward sedi- 
ment transport, and entrainment and deposition of sand on the continental 
shelf above the wave base by storm-generated currents and waves 
(Brenchley 1985). This bedding is usually formed by accretion as laminae 
thicken over crests. However, some hummocky cross-stratification bed- 
ding is produced by erosion when sediment is eroded from the hummocks 
and is deposited and thickens in the swales. Brenchley (1985) questions 
whether wave oscillatory currents or a combination of wave oscillatory 
and unidirectional currents are needed to produce hummocky 
cross-stratification. 


Chapter 4 Sedimentary Features/Stratigraphy of the Inner Shelf 


59 


Arnott and Southard (1990) state that meter-scale, isotropic hummocky 
cross-stratification is likely formed by large three-dimensional symmetri- 
cal wave ripples produced by purely oscillatory flows and very strongly 
oscillatory-dominant combined flows of storm waves. They documented 
that the sedimentary response of the inner shelf from pure oscillatory flow 
at low speeds was small symmetrical vortex ripples. At higher current ve- 
locities large, three-dimensional, round-crested bed forms with heights to 
20 cm and spacings of decimeters to meters resulted. 


Hummocky cross-stratification varies with distance from shore and 
water depth (Arnott and Southard 1990). As energy decreases in an off- 
shore direction, hummocky cross-stratification laminae tend to be less 
deeply incised and dip at a lower angle. At nearshore locations, there is a 
greater presence of wave ripples, and beds are lenticular (resulting from 
high energy) and tend to erode at the top. At offshore locations where the 
energy is less, the beds become tabular. In addition, wavelength and 
height of hummocks are likely to decrease in an offshore direction. 


Arnott and Southard (1990) found that superimposition of a steady cur- 
rent with oscillatory motion produced significant changes in bed state. 
Even a weak current caused bed forms to become asymmetric and mi- 
grate; most of the combined-flow bed forms contained downstream- 
dipping cross-stratification. Changes in the morphology of the ripples 
were profound as currents increased. Currents of only 1-5 cm/sec, super- 
imposed on oscillatory flows of 40-60 cm/sec, produced downstream- 
dipping low-angle hummocky cross-stratification. For currents exceeding 
13 cm/sec, hummocky cross-stratification occurred and dip angles were 
formed near the angle of response (similar in morphology to high-angle 
hummocky cross-stratification as described by Nottvedt and Kreisa 
(1987). At higher oscillatory speeds (60-80 cm/sec), any non-negligible 
current washed the ripples away, replacing them with a flat bed. How- 
ever, Arnott and Southard (1990) state that a core current exceeding 
95-110 cm/sec is needed to form large ripples exhibiting moderately steep 
internal laminae in very fine sand. 


Examples. Greenwood and Hale (1980), in a study at New Brunswick, 
Canada, using depth of disturbance rods, found that the depth of activity 
at a bar is proportional to storm intensity. The seaward side of the bar 
crest, which had maximum values of bed-level change due to large wave 
heights, asymmetric oscillatory motion, and rip currents, eroded up to 
35 cm. Meanwhile, the trough at the foot of the landward slope eroded up 
to 37 cm due to scour by longshore currents. Accretion of up to 12 cm oc- 
curred on the upper part of the landward slope in response to a decrease in 
wave height due to breaking waves and increased water depth. In addi- 
tion, accretion of up to 21 cm occurred on the upper seaward slope of the 
bar, thus steepening both slopes and producing a seaward displacement of 
the bar crest. Overall, the bar eroded during the storm, and sediment was 
transported in multiple directions through megaripple migration. How- 
ever, net transport of sediment was in an offshore direction. 


Chapter 4 Sedimentary Features/Stratigraphy of the Inner Shelf 


Schwartz, Hobson, and Musialowski (1981) distinguished between fair- 
weather and storm bedding features. They found that storm sequences are 
marked by: 


a. Beds with sharp lower contacts. 


b. Normal textural grading (fining of sediment grain size in an upward 
direction). 


c. Laminae bedding throughout or upward transition from laminated 
bedding at the base to bioturbation in the upper part of the sequence. 


Studies by Curray (1960), Hayes (1967c), and Morton (1981) as re- 
viewed by Nummedal and Snedden (1987) show that fine sand moves off- 
shore from the inner shelf during storms and hurricanes. Nummedal and 
Snedden (1987) summarize that once transported to the continental shelf, 
little sediment is returned by post-storm flow. The primary sediment 
source is the portion of the inner shelf between mlw and the break in slope 
onto the more gently dipping continental shelf. These sediments are rede- 
posited as thin-graded, centimeter-thick, fining-upward, sand bed se- 
quences with sharp erosional bases on an otherwise muddy shelf. 
Hummocky cross-stratification is present. Hayes (1967c), who studied in- 
ner shelf sedimentation caused by Hurricane Carla (September 1961) docu- 
mented that these beds have a sharp upper contact, suggesting that some 
erosion occurred after the Hurricane Carla deposition. The beds have a 
scoured sole-marked base and are floored by a coarse lag of pebbles or 
shell fragments. Hummocky cross-stratification is common. This sug- 
gests that little sand is returned onto the inner shelf and beach from the in- 
ner shelf after a hurricane. 


In measuring bed level changes during a storm, Green et al. (1988) 
noted that bed changes at the -8-m depth included 6 cm of accretion over 
4.5 days of low-energy flow associated with currents as measured with a 
digital sonar altimeter prior to the onset of the storm. During the initial 
phase of the storm, 5 cm of scour was followed by 15 cm of rapid accre- 
tion. This accretion was coincident with the organization of surface 
waves into long-period swell, and maximum accretion was coincident 
with the most highly skewed waves. Onshore sediment transport corre- 
lated strongly with erosion of the bed, and offshore transport with accre- 
tion of the bed. 


Gagan, Chivas, and Herczog (1990) showed that Cyclone Winifred 
(1 February 1986) produced a normally graded, mixed terrigenous- 
carbonate bed sequence 11 cm thick in water depths up to -43 m extending 
30 km offshore. Cross-shelf distribution of organic carbon in the sedi- 
ment indicated that suspended sediment transport was extensive and that 
the storm layer was the result of the following three sources: 


a. Landward transport of reworked, resuspended mid-shelf sediment. 


Chapter 4 Sedimentary Features/Stratigraphy of the Inner Shelf 61 


62 


b. Resuspension and settling of inner shelf sediment. 
c. Seaward transport of terrigenous sediment in freshwater plumes. 


By taking 15-cm cores, Gagan, Chivas, and Herczog (1990) show that on 
a shelf-wide scale, in the -20- to -40-m water depth, sediment was eroded 
to a depth of 6.9 cm, and in water depth less than -20 m, sediment was 
eroded to a depth of 5.1 cm. Particles finer than medium sand were 
eroded and transported out of the mid shelf. 


Gagan, Chivas, and Herczog (1990) found that at least 10-30 percent of 
inner shelf storm sediment is composed of mid-shelf mud, thus indicating 
the landward movement of fine material. In summary, Gagan, Chivas, and 
Herczog (1990) support other findings that significant storms are capable 
of sporadic but efficient cross-shelf transport of suspended sediment. 


Wright et al. (1991) and others (Swift et al. 1983; Niedoroda, Swift, 
and Hopkins 1985; Niedoroda, Swift, and Thorne 1989) concur with 
Gagan, Chivas, and Herczog (1990) that the inner shelf is dominated by 
storm flows, which produce a fining sequence of grain size in an offshore 
direction, and storm beds including hummocky cross-stratification and 
storm-graded bedding. 


Wright et al. (1991), using a digital sonar altimeter, also documented 
bed-level changes of 15 cm at 8 m due to a ’Northeaster’ storm. This in- 
crease is inferred to be a result of offshore migration of sediment lobes 
possessing abrupt leading edges, which migrate well seaward of the -8-m 
depth contour. These lobes are indicative of energetic cross-shelf advec- 
tion, as opposed to gradual diffusion. 


Wright et al. (1991) documented the response of the bed primarily as a 
result of hydraulic roughness during different weather conditions. Bed re- 
sponse during fair-weather conditions was characterized by pronounced 
wave-induced ripples, low sediment mobility, and high apparent hydraulic 
roughness heights (up to 1 cm). During post-hurricane fair-weather condi- 
tions, the bed was mantled with redeposited fine sediment and exhibited 
subtle ripples surmounting irregular ridges and depressions. This mor- 
phology yielded the lowest hydraulic roughness of all four cases. 


During storm-dominated conditions (wave heights and periods of 3-6 m 
and 10-20 sec, respectively, and near-bottom wind-driven mean currents 
of 0.5 m/s) while there were no ripples, a highly mobile plane bed was pre- 
sent. However, strong wave agitation and a thick wave boundary layer re- 
sulted in an effective hydraulic roughness moderately larger than that of 
the ripple-dominated normal fair-weather case. Skin friction and total bed 
stresses during the storm exceed those of fair-weather conditions by more 
than an order of magnitude. 


Chapter 4 Sedimentary Features/Stratigraphy of the Inner Shelf 


Swell-dominated conditions created the greatest hydraulic roughness of 
all four cases. This was due to the existence of a thick wave boundary 
layer with subtle ripples on a partially armored bed. 


In studies of the ancient geologic rock record, Brenchley (1989) and 
Duke, Arnott, and Cheel (1991) state that hummocky cross-stratification is 
part of a storm bed sequence characterized by an eroded base with a grada- 
tional top, which includes the following activities (from bottom to top of 
the sequence) (Figure 17): 


a. Waves interact with a relatively weak coast-oblique bottom current to 
erode the muddy substrate. Simultaneously, shells and shell hash 
carve tool marks in the mud and are deposited in swales). 


b. Coastal sand, moving as bed and suspended load under combined 
wave and current bottom flow, is eventually transported offshore 
resulting in the formation of horizontal lamination to low-angle 
dipping sand (this also results in basal erosion). 


c. Formation of hummocky cross-stratification due to reworking of the 
bed by storm processes. 


SUBSTRATE 


SHORE—NORMAL 
FLOW SPEED 
NEAR THE BED 


INSTANTANEOUS 
TIME — AVERAGED 


CURRENT 9 COMBINED FLO 
BED RESPONSE app he 


ONSHORE © OFFSHORE 


Figure 17. Probable sequence of events producing hummocky cross-stratification on the 
inner shelf (after Duke, Arnott, and Cheel (1991)) 


Chapter 4 Sedimentary Features/Stratigraphy of the Inner Shelf 63 


d. As storm processes wane, sand and mud accumulate and are 
deposited as parallel laminae on top as formed under oscillatory- 
dominant combined flow (much of it draping over low-relief 
scours), while megaripples which slowly form and migrate on the 
still-aggrading substrate may initially produce anisotropic 
hummocky cross-stratification (bedding properties are different in 
all directions). Much of the sand is reworked by waves as the 
bottom current subsides, thus resulting in strongly oscillatory- 
dominant combined flow and the formation of isotropic (properties 
are similar in all directions) hummocky cross-stratification. As 
storm wave motions decrease in speed, a reworked mantle of 
draping lamination and vortex ripples is formed. Later, the sand is 
buried by mud and often bioturbated (from Duke, Arnott, and Cheel 
(1991)). 


Chapter 4 Sedimentary Features/Stratigraphy of the Inner Shelf 


5 Summary 


Nummedal and Snedden (1987) state that during storms and post-storm 
recovery, large quantities of sand move in cross-shore directions. Large 
quantities of this sediment may be lost from the beach and from the active 
profile, thus necessitating beach fill. Much is known about nearshore sedi- 
ment movement under shoaling waves (Komar 1976); precise documenta- 
tion of cyclic patterns of surf-zone change (Wright et al. 1979, Nummedal 
and Snedden 1987), and the well-studied effects of rip currents (Cook and 
Gorsline 1972, Wright and Short 1984). 


However, despite undergoing intense study by geologists and engineers 
for over a century, there are still many fundamental, unanswered questions 
about patterns, mechanisms, and rates of beach-shelf sediment inter- 
change. An extensive amount of field work concerning contrasting inner 
shelf environments is needed (particularly data from cross-shore arrays 
which provide simultaneous measurements at different depths of near- 
bottom flows, sediment fluxes, and bed responses). Wright (1987) 
believes that in determining cross-shore inner shelf sediment transport 
processes, attention should be placed on field studies and modeling the 
naturally occurring inner shelf environments. Wright (1987) believes that 
no one model (or concept) effectively describes inner shelf transport. 


Nummedal and Snedden (1987), Wright et al. (1991), and Pilkey (1993) 
contend that existing models of equilibrium profile development and cross- 
shore sediment transport are seriously inadequate. 


Pilkey et al. (1993) contend that present-day assumptions of the profile 
of equilibrium concept indicate the following: 


a. Sediment movement on the inner shelf is an exceedingly complex 
phenomenon driven by a wide range of wave, tidal, and gravity 
currents. 


b. The depth of closure does not exist, as evidence shows that large 
volumes of sand may frequently be moved beyond the depth of 
closure. These large volumes of sediment moved are often spread 
over such a large area that standard profiling methods cannot detect 
this movement. 


Chapter5 Summary 


65 


66 


c. The inner shelf is often not sand rich and in some areas is strongly 
influenced by the geological framework. 


d. The profile of equilibrium equation provides an average inner shelf 
profile cross section, but does not accurately predict equilibrium 
profiles at specific inner shelves. 


Present-day models concerning inner shelf cross-shore sediment trans- 
port and based on the profile of equilibrium equation (Pilkey et al. 1993) 
do not adequately describe nearshore sediment transport as they say inner 
shelves can be described and differentiated solely on the basis of sediment 
grain size and a broadly defined wave climate. However, these models do 
represent the most up-to-date estimation of inner shelf cross-shore sedi- 
ment transport and are particularly useful in that they allow an engineer or 
scientist to explore storm impact on a location using a general approxima- 
tion of the profile. 


Many problems must be understood before we can gain a reasonable 
understanding of inner shelf and nearshore equilibria/disequilibria and the 
associated rates of and directions of cross-shore sediment transport 
(Wright et al. 1991). A goal for the coastal engineering community should 
be “to devise a more universal conceptual framework capable of better 
accounting for inner shelf transport, erosion, and deposition in time and 
space” (Wright 1987). Accomplishing this goal would help to do the 
following: 


a. Garner a better understanding of the physical oceanography of the 
inner shelf, including the vertical segregation of flows and 
cross-shelf variations of these flows. 


b. On a morphodynamic perspective, study the bottom boundary layer 
processes that provide the connecting link between hydrodynamics 
and resulting morphologic change via sediment transport. 


c. Study the environmental end members (i.e. other sites) in order to 
create a comprehensive inner shelf morphodynamic model. 


d. Acquire more detailed time series data on near-bottom flow structure, 
sediment fluxes, bedform behavior, and substrate microstratigraphy. 
As their empirical base is expanded, so, too, theory and models 
should be expanded. 


e. More accurately predict ripple geometries and their applicability to 
mixed sediment size distributions and combined waves and currents. 


f. Create more realistic paradigms for shelf-nearshore equilibrium that 
take explicit account of the natural suite of near-bottom flows and 
of the fundamental roles played by time-varying bed 
micromorphology. 


Chapter5 Summary 


g. Caution users of any inner shelf models that they must be aware of 
the limitations of the models and of special conditions that may 
exist at their project sites. 


h. Commence an extensive field measurement and modelling effort not 


currently underway in North America (Wright 1987, Pilkey et al. 
1993): 


Chapter 5 Summary 


67 


68 


References 


Agassiz, A. (1888). “Three cruises of the United States Coast and 
Geodetic Survey,” Blake, Harvard Collection, Museum of Comparitive 
Zoology Bulletin 14, 314 p. 


Allen, J. R. L. (1982). “Sedimentary structures, their character and 
physical basis,” Developments in Sedimentology 30A and 30B, Elsevier 
Science Publishing Company. Amsterdam, The Netherlands. 


Arnott, R. W. C., and Southard, J. B. (1990). “Exploratory flow-duct 
experiments on combined-flow bed configurations, and some 
implications for interpreting storm-event stratification,” Journal of 
Sedimentary Petrology 60, 211-19. 


Aubrey, D. G. (1979). “Seasonal patterns of onshore/offshore sediment 
movement,” Journal of Geophysical Research 84, 6347-54. 


Bagnold, R. A. (1963). “Mechanics of marine sedimentation.” The sea. 
Vol 3, M. N. Hill, ed., Wiley-Interscience, New York. 


Bailard, J. A. (1981). “An energetics total load sediment transport model 
for a plain sloping beach,” Journal of Geophysical Research 86, 
10,938-954. 


Bakker, W. T., and Van Doorn, V. A. (1978). “Near-bottom velocities in 
waves with a current.” Proceedings 16th Coastal Engineering 
Conference, Hamburg. American Society of Civil Engineers, 
1394-1413. 


Bascomb, W.H. (1951). “Relationship between sand size and beach face 
slope.” Transactions of the American Geophysical Union. Vol 32 (6). 


Bates, C. C. (1953). “Rational theory of delta formation,” American 
Association of Petroleum Geologists Bulletin 37, 2119-61. 


Bates, R. L., and Jackson, J. A. (1984). Dictionary of geological terms. 
Anchor Press/Doubleday, Garden City, NY. 


References 


Bennett, J. R. (1974). “On the dynamics of wind-driven lake currents,” 
J. Phys. Oceanog. 4, 400. 


Birkemeier, W. A. (1985). “Field data on seaward limit of profile 
change,” Journal of Waterway, Port, Coastal, and Ocean Engineering 
111, 598-602. 


Boersma, J. R. (1970). “Distinguishing features of wave-ripple 


cross-stratification and morphology,” Ph.D. diss., University of Utrecht. 


Bourgeois, J. (1980). “A transgressive shelf sequence exhibiting 
hummocky stratification: The Cape Sebastian sandstone (upper 
cretaceous), Southwestern Oregon,” Journal of Sedimentary Petrology 
50, 681-702. 


Bowen, A. J. (1980). “Simple models of nearshore sedimentation: Beach 
profile and longshore bars.” The coastline of Canada. S. B. McCann, 
ed., Geological Survey of Canada, Paper 80-10. 


Bowen, A. J., and Inman, D. L. (1969). “Rip currents; 2, Laboratory and 
field observations,” J. Geophys. Res., 5479-90. 


Boyd, R. (1981). “Sediment dispersal on the N.S.W. continental shelf.” 
Proceedings of the 17th International Conference of Coastal 
Engineering, Sydney. 1364-81. 


Brenchley, P. J. (1985). “Storm influenced sandstone beds,” Modern 
Geology 9, 369-96. 


. (1989). “Storm sedimentation,” Geology Today, 133-37. 


Bruun, P. (1954). “Coast erosion and development of beach profiles,” 
CERC Technical Memorandum No. 44, U.S. Army Engineer 
Waterways Experiment Station, Vicksburg, MS. 


. (1962). “Sea-level rise as a cause of shore erosion.” 
Proceedings of the American Society of Civil Engineers, Journal of the 
Waterways and Harbours Division. Vol 88(WWI1), 117-30. 


Butman, B., Noble, M., and Folger, D. W. (1977). “Observations of 
bottom current and bottom sediment movement on the Mid-Atlantic 
Continental Shelf.” Transactions of the American Geophysical Union. 
58(6). 


Cacchione, D. A., Drake, D. A., Grant, W. D., and Tate, G. B. (1984). 
“Rippled scour depressions on the Inner Continental Shelf off Central 
California,” Journal of Sedimentary Petrology, 54, 1280-91. 


Campbell, C. V. (1966). “Truncated wave-ripple laminae,” Jour. Sed. 
Petrology 36, 825-28. 


References 


69 


. (1971). “Depositional model-Upper Cretaceous Gallup 
beach shoreline, Ship Rock area, northwestern New Mexico, Jour. Sed. 
Petrology 41, 395-409. 


Channon, R. D., and Hamilton, D. (1976). “Wave and tidal current 
sorting of shelf sediments southwest of England,” Sedimentology 23, 
17-42. 


Christofferson, J. B., and Jonsson, I. G. (1985). “Bed friction and 
dissipation in a combined current and wave motion,” Ocean 
Engineering 12(5), 387-423. 


Clifton, H. E. (1976). “Wave-formed sedimentary structures - A 
conceptual model,” SEPM Special Publication 24 - Beach and 
Nearshore Processes, R. A. Davis and R. L. Ethington, eds., United 
States Geological Survey, Menlo Park, CA. 


Coffey, F. C., and Nielsen, P. “The influence of waves on current 
profiles.” Proc. 20th Int. Conf. Coastal Eng., Taipei, 1986. (in press). 


Cook, D. O., and Gorsline, D. S. (1972). “Field observations of sand 
transport by shoaling waves,” Marine Geology 13, 31-55. 


Cornaglia, P. (1889). “Sul Regime della Spiagge e sulla Regulazione del 
Porti,” Pararia, Turin. 


Cowell, P. J. (1986). “Australian megarip study,” EOS67, 449. 


Csanady, G. T. (1972). “The coastal ocean boundary layer in Lake 
Ontario,” Journal of Physical Oceanography 2 (41), 168. 


. (1975). “ Hydrodynamics in large lakes,” Annual Review of 
Fluid Mechanics 7, 357. 


. (1976). “Topographic waves in Lake Ontario,” Journal of 
Physical Oceanography 6, 93. 


. (1977a). “The coastal jet conceptual model in the dynamics 
of shallow seas.” The sea. Vol 6, “Marine modeling,” E. D. Goldberg, 
I. N. McCave, V. V. O’Brien, and J. H. Steele, eds., 117-44. 


. (1977b). “The coastal boundary layer in estuaries, 
geophysics and the environment.” Studies in geophysics series, 


National Academy of Sciences, 57-68. 


. (1982). Circulation in the coastal ocean. Reidel, 
Dordrecht, The Netherlands. 


Csanady, G. T., and Scott, J. T. (1974). “Baroclinic coastal jets in Lake 
Ontario during IFYGL,” J. Phys. Oceanogr. 4, 524-41. 


References 


Curray, J. R. (1960). “Sediments and history of Holocene transgression, 
continental shelf, Northwest Gulf of Mexico,” Recent sediments, 
Northwest Gulf of Mexico. F. P. Shepard, F. B. Phleger, and T. J. Van 
Andel, eds., American Association Petroleum Geologists Spec. 
Publication, 221-66. 


. (1964). “Transgressions and regressions.” Papers in 
marine geology-Shepard commemorative volume. R. L. Miller, ed., 
Macmillan, New York, 175-203. 


Davis, R. A. (1983). Depositional systems: A genetic approach to 
sedimentary geology. Prentice Hall, Englewood Cliffs, NJ. 


Dean, R. G. (1977). “Equilibrium beach profiles: U.S. Atlantic and Gulf 
Coasts,” Department of Civil Engineering Technical Report No. 12, 
University of Delaware, Newark. 


. (1983). “Principles of beach nourishment.” Handbook of 
coastal processes and erosion. P. Komar, ed., CRC Press, Boca Raton, 
FL, 217-31. 


. (1987). “Coastal sediment processes: Toward engineering 
solutions.” Proceedings of the Specialty Conference on Coastal 
Sediments ’87, American Society of Civil Engineers, 1-24. 


. (1991). “Equilibrium beach profiles: Characteristics and 
applications,” Journal of Coastal Research 7, 53-84. 


Dean, R. G., and Maurmeyer, E. M. (1983). “Models for beach profile 
response,” Handbook of ceastal processes and erosion. P. D. Komar, 
ed., CRC Press, Boca Raton, FL, 151-66. 


Dean, R. G., and Perlin, M. (1986). “Intercomparison of near-bottom 
kinematics by several wave theories and field and laboratory data.” 
Coastal Eng. 9, 399-437. 


Dietz, R. S. (1963). “Wave base, marine profile of equilibrium and 
wave-built terraces - a critical appraisal,” Bulletin of the Geological 
Society of America 74, 971-90. 


Dingler, J. R. (1974). “Wave-formed ripples in nearshore sands,” Ph.D. 
diss., Univ. Calif., San Diego, 136. 


Dingler, J. R., and Inman, D. L. (1977). “Wave-formed ripples in 
nearshore sands.” Proceedings of the 15th Conference on Coastal 
Engineering. Honolulu, HI, 2109-26. 


Dott, R. H., Jr., and Bourgeois, J. (1982). “Hummocky stratification: 
Significance of its variable bedding sequences,” Bulletin of the 
Geological Society of America 93, 663-80. 


References 


71 


Drake, D. E., Cacchione, D. A., and Karl, H. A. (1985). “Bottom 
currents and sediment transport on the San Pedro shelf, California,” 
Journal of Sedimentary Petrology 55, 15-28. 


Drake, D. E., Kolpack, R. L., and Fischer, P. J. (1972). “Sediment 
transport on the Santa Barbara-Oxnard shelf, Santa Barbara channel, 
California.” Shelf sediment transport: Process and pattern. D. J. P. 
Swift, D. B. Duane, and O. H. Pilkey, eds., Dowden, Hutchinson & 
Ross, Stroudsburg, PA, 301-32. 


Draper, L. (1967). “Wave activity at the sea bed around north-western 
Europe,” Mar. Geol. 5, 133-40. 


Duane, D. B., Field, M. E., Meisburger, E. P., Swift, D. J. P., and 
Williams, S. J. (1972). “Linear shoals on the Atlantic Inner 
Continental Shelf, Florida to Long Island.” Shelf sediment transport. 
D. J. P. Swift, D. B. Duane, and O. H. Pilkey, eds., Dowd, Hutchinson 
and Ross, Stroudsburg, PA. 


Dubois, R. N. (1975). “Support and refinement of the Bruun rule on 
beach erosion, Journal of Geology 83, 651. 


. (1976). “Nearshore evidence in support of the Bruun Rule 
on shore erosion,” Journal of Geology 84, 485. 


. (1977). “Predicting beach erosion as a function of rising 
sea level,” Journal of Geology 77, 470. 


Duke, W. L. (1985). “Hummocky cross stratification, tropical hurricanes 
and intense winter storms,” Sedimentology 32, 167-94. 


. (1987). “Hummocky cross-stratification, tropical 
hurricanes, and intense winter storms: Reply,” Sedimentology 34, 
344-59. 


. (1990). “Geostrophic circulation or shallow marine 
turbidity currents? The dilemma of paleoflow patterns in 
storm-influenced prograding shoreline systems,” Journal of 
Sedimentary Petrology 60, (6), 870-83. 


Duke, W.L., Arnott, R.W.C., and Cheel, R.J. (1991). “Shelf sandstones 
and hummocky cross-stratification: New insights on a stormy debate,” 
Geology 19, 625-28. 


Eagleson, P. S., Glenne, B., and Dracup, J. A. (1961). “Equilibrium 
characteristics of sand beaches in the offshore zone,” U.S. Army Corps 
of Engineers Beach Erosion Board Technical Memorandum, No. 126, 
U.S. Army Engineer Waterways Experiment Station, Vicksburg, MS, 
1-66. 


72 


References 


__ «(1 963). “Equilibrium characteristics of sand beaches,” 
Journal of Hydraulics Division, American Society of Civil Engineers 
89 (HY 1), 35-57. 


Eames, G. B. (1983). “The late quaternary seismic stratigraphy, 
lithostratigraphy, and geologic history of a shelf-barrier-estuarine 
system, Dare County, North Carolina,” M.S. thesis, East Carolina 
University. 


Edelman, T. (1968). “Dune erosion during storm conditions.” 
Proceedings of the 11th International Conference on Coastal 
Engineering, American Society of Civil Engineers, New York, 719. 


_____. (1970). “Dune erosion during storm condition,” 
Proceedings of the 12th International Conference on Coastal 
Engineering, American Society of Civil Engineers. New York, 1305S. 


Emery, K. O. (1952). “Continental shelf sediments of southern 
California,” Geol. Soc. Am. Bull. 63, 1105-08. 


7 ln ae . (1966). “Atlantic continental shelf and slope of the United 
States: Geologic background,” United Sates Geological Survey 
Professional Paper 529-A, 1-23. 


_ ss .s« (1968). “Shallow structure of continental shelves and 
slopes,” Southeastern Geology 9, 178-94. 


Evernden, J. F., Savage, D. E., Curtis, G. H., and James, G. T. (1964). 
“North American continental glaciation history,” American Journal of 
Science 262, 145-98. 


Fenneman, M. M. (1902). “Development of the profile of equilibrium of 
the subaqueous shore terrace,” Journal of Geology X. 


Field, M. E., and Roy, P. S. (1984). “Offshore transport and sand-body 
formation: Evidence from a steep, high energy shoreface, southeastern 
Australia,” Journal of Sedimentary Petrology 54, 1292-1302. 


Figueiredo, A. G., Swift, D. J. P., Stubblefield, W. L., and Clarke, T. L. 
(1981). “Sand ridges on the inner Atlantic shelf of North America: 
Morphometric comparisons with Huthnance stability model,” 
Geomarine Letters 1, 187- 91. 


Gadd, P. E., Lavelle, J. W., and Swift, D. J. P. (1978). “Estimate of sand 
transport on the New York shelf using near bottom current meter 
observations,” Journal of Sedimentary Petrology 48, 239-52. 


References 


74 


Gagan, M. K., Chivas, A. R., and Herczog, A. L. (1990). “Shelf-wide 
erosion, deposition, and suspended sediment transport during Cyclone 
Winifred, central Great Barrier Reef, Australia,” Journal of 
Sedimentary Petrology 60, 456-70. 


Gilbert, G. K. (1889). “Ripple marks and cross bedding,” Bulletin of the 
Geological Society of America 10, 135-40. 


Golding, R., and Bridges, P. (1973). ‘“Sublittoral sheet sandstones,” 
Journal of Sedimentary Petrology 43, 736-47. 


Grabau, A. W. (1913). “Principles of stratigraphy, 1960 facsimile edition 
of 1924 revision. Dover, New York, 1185. 


Grant, W. D., and Madsen, O. S. (1979a). “(Combined wave and current 
interaction with a rough bottom,” Journal of Geophysical Research 84, 
1797-1808. 


wilncases . (1979b). “Bottom friction under waves in the presence of a 
weak current,” NOAA Tech. Rept. ERL-MESA, National Oceanic and 
Atmospheric Administration, 150. 


Peay _. (1986). “The continental shelf bottom boundary layer,” 
Annual Review Fluid Mechanics, 18, 265-305. 


Green, M. O., and Boon, J. D. “Response characteristics of a short-range, 
high resolution, digital sonar altimeter,” Marine Geology, in press. 


Green, M. O., Boon, J. D., List, J. H., and Wright, L. D. (1988). “Bed 
response to fairweather and stormflow on the shoreface.” Proceedings 
of the Twenty-First Coastal Engineering Conference. American Society 
of Civil Engineers, 1508-21. 


Greenwood, B., and Hale, P. B. (1980). “Depth of activity, sediment 
flux, and morphological change in a barred nearshore environment." 
The coastline of Canada. S. B. McCann, ed., Geological Survey of 
Canada. Paper 80-10. 


Greenwood, B., and Mittler (1984). “Sediment flux and equilibrium 
slopes in a barred nearshore,” Marine Geology 60, 79-98. 


Greenwood, B., and Osborne, P. D. (1991). “Equilibrium slopes and 
cross-shore velocity assymetries in a storm-dominated, barred 
nearshore system,” Marine Geology 96, 211-35. 


Greenwood, B., and Sherman, D. J. (1984). “Waves, currents, sediment 
flux and morphological response in a barred nearshore system,” Marine 
Geology 60, 31-61. 


References 


Guza, R. T., and Thornton, E. B. (1985a). “Observations of surf beat,” 
Journal of Geophysical Research 90, 3161-72. 


. (1985b). “Velocity moments in the nearshore,” American 
Society Bf Civil Engineers Journal of Waterways, Port, and Coastal 
Ocean Engineering 111, 235-56. 


Hallermeier, R. J. (1977). “Calculating a yearly limit depth to the active 
beach profile,” Technical Paper 77-9, U.S. Army Engineer Waterways 
Experiment Station, Coastal Engineering Research Center, Vicksburg, 


MS. 


. (1978). “Uses for a calculated limit depth to beach 
erosion.” Proceedings of the 16th Coastal Engineering Conference, 
American Society of Civil Engineers, New York, 1493-1512. 


. (1981a). “Critical wave conditions for sand motion 
initiation,” Coastal Eng. Tech. Aid No. 81-10, U.S. Army Engineer 
Waterways Experiment Station, Coastal Engineering Research Center, 
Vicksburg, MS, 16. 


. (1981b). “A profile zonation for seasonal sand beaches 
from wave climate,” Coastal Engineering 4, 253-77. 


Halpern, D. (1976). “Structure of a coastal upwelling event observed off 
Oregon during July, 1973,” Deep Sea Research 23, 495-508. 


Hamblin, D. P., and Walker, R. G. (1979). “Storm-dominated shallow 
marine deposits: The Fernie-Kootenay (Jurassic) transition, southern 
Rocky Mountains,” Canadian Journal of Earth Sciences 16, 1673-89. 


Hansen, M., and Lillycrop, W. J. (1988). “Evaluation of closure depth 
and its role in estimating beach fill volumes.” Proceedings of Beach 
Preservation Technology ’88. Florida Shore and Beach Preservation 


Association, 107-14. 


Hanson, H., and Kraus, N. C. (1989). “GENESIS: Generalized model 
for simulating shoreline change,” Technical Report CERC-89-19, U.S. 
Army Engineer Waterways Experiment Station, Coastal Engineering 
Research Center, Vicksburg, MS. 


Harlett, J.C. (1972). “Sediment transport on the northern Oregon 
continental shelf,” Ph.D. diss., Oregon State University, Corvallis. 


Harms, J.C. (1975). “Stratification produced by migrating bedforms,” 
Depositional Environments as Interpreted from Primary Sedimentary 
Structures and Stratification Sequences: Society of Economic 
Paleontologists and Mineralogists Short Course No. 2, 45-61. 


References 


75 


76 


Harms, J. C., Southard, J. B., Spearing, D. R., and Walker, R. B. (1975). 
“Depositional environments as interpreted from primary sedimentary 
structures and stratification sequences,” Short Course, Society of 
Economic Paleontologists and Mineralogists, No. 2, Dallas, TX. 


Harms, J. C., Southard, J. B., and Walker, R. B. (1982). “Structures and 
sequences in clastic rocks,” Short Course, Society of Economic 
Paleontologists and Mineralogists, No. 9, Tulsa, OK. 


Hattori, M., and Kawamata, R. (1980). “Onshore-offshore transport and 
beach profile change.” Proceedings of the 17th Coastal Engineering 
Conference. American Society of Civil Engineers, New York, 1175-93. 


Hayden, B., Felder, W., Fisher, J., Resio, D., Vincent, L., and Dolan, R. 
(1975). “Systematic variations in inshore bathymetry,” Department of 
Environmental Sciences Technical Report No. 10, University of 
Virginia, Charlottesville. 


Hayes, M. O. (1967a). “Hurricanes as geologic agents, South Texas 
coast,” American Association of Petroleum Geologists Bulletin 51, 
937-56. 


. (1967b). “Relationship between coastal climate and bottom 
sediment type on the inner continental shelf,” Marine Geology 5, 
111-32. 


. (1967c). “Hurricanes as geologic agents; case studies of 
Hurricane Carla, 1961 and Cindy, 1963,” Univ. Texas Bureau 
Economic Geology Rept. Inv. No. 61, 56. 


Higgs, R. (1990). “Is there evidence for geostrophic currents preserved 
in the sedimentary record of inner to middle shelf deposits? - 
Discussion,” Journal of Sedimentary Petrology 60, 630-32. 


Hill, G. W., and Hunter, R. E. (1976). “Interaction of biological and 
geological processes in the beach and nearshore environments, 
Northern Padre Island, Texas,” Society of Economic Paleontologists 
and Mineralogists Special Publication No. 24, Beach and Nearshore 
Sedimentation. 


Howard, J. D. (1972). “Nearshore sedimentary processes as geologic 
studies.” Shelf sediment transport: Process and pattern. D.J. P. 
Swift, D. Duane, and O. H. Pilkey, eds., Dowden, Hutchinson and 
Ross, Inc., Stroudsburg, PA, 645-8. 


Howard, J. D., and Reineck, H. E. (1972). “Georgia coastal region, 
Sapelo Island, USA. sedimentology and biology; IV, Physical and 
biogenic structures of the nearshore shelf,” Senckenb. Marine 4, 
81-123. 


References 


. (1981). “Depositional facies of high-energy beach-to- 
offshore sequence: Comparison with low-energy sequence,” Bulletin 
of American Association of Petroleum Geologists, 65, 807-30. 


Inman, D. L. (1953). “Areal and seasonal variations in beach and 
nearshore sediments at LaJolla, California,” Beach Erosion Board 
Technical Memorandum No. 39, U.S. Army Engineer Waterways 
Experiment Station, Vicksburg, MS, 121. 


. (1957). “Wave-generated ripples in nearshore sands,” 
Coastal Engineering Research Center Technical Memorandum No. 100, 
U.S. Army Engineer Waterways Experiment Station, Vicksburg, MS. 


Inman, D. L., and Bagnold, R. A. (1963). “Littoral processes.” The sea. 
Vol 3, M.N. Hill, ed., Wiley - Interscience, New York, London, 
529-53. 


Inman, D. L., and Rusnak, G. A. (1956). “Changes in sand level on the 
beach and shelf at LaJolla, California,” Beach Erosion Board Technical 
Memorandum No. 82, U.S. Army Engineer Waterways Experiment 
Station, Vicksburg, MS, 121. 


Ippen, A. T., and Eagleson, P. S. (1955). “A study of sediment sorting by 
waves shoaling on a plane beach.” Beach Erosion Board Technical 
Memorandum No. 63, U.S. Army Engineer Waterways Experiment 
Station, Vicksburg, MS, 83. 


Jensen, R. E. (1983). “Methodology for the calculation of a shallow- 
water wave climate,” WIS Report 8, U.S. Army Engineer Waterways 
Experiment Station, Vicksburg, MS. 


Johnson, D. W. (1919). “Shore processes and shoreline development.” 
John Wiley and Sons, New York. 


Keen, T. R., and Slingerland, R. L. (1993a). “Four storm-event beds and 
the tropical cyclones that produced them: A numerical hindcast,” 
Journal of Sedimentary Petrology 63, 218-32. 


. (1993b). “A numerical study of sediment transport and 
event bed genesis during Tropical Storm Delia,” in press, Journal of 
Geophysical Research. 


Kemp, P. H., and Simmons, R. R. (1982). “The interaction between 
waves and a turbulent current: Waves propagating with the current,” 
J. Fluid Mech. 116: 227-50. 


King, C. A. M. (1972). “Beaches and coasts: New York.” St. Martin 
Press, 570. 


References 


77 


Klein, G. D., and Marsaglia, K. M. (1987). “Hummocky cross 
stratification, tropical hurricanes and intense winter storms: 
Discussion,” Sedimentology 34, 333-7. 


Kobayashi, N. (1982). “Sediment transport on a gentle slope due to 
waves.” Proc. ASCE J. Waterway, Port Coastal and Ocean Div. 108 
(WW3), pp 254-71. 


Komar, P. D. (1974). “Oscillatory ripple marks and the evaluation of 
ancient wave conditions and environments,” J. Sediment. Petrol. 44, 
169-80. 


. (1976). “Boundary layer flow under steady unidirectional 
currents,” Marine sediment transport and environmental management. 
D. J. Stanley and D. J. P Swift, eds., John Wiley and Sons, New York. 


Komar, P. D., and Miller, M. C. (1973). “The threshold of sediment 
movement under oscillatory water waves,” Journal of Sedimentary 
Petrology 43, 1101-10. 


. (1974). “Sediment threshold under oscillatory waves.” 
Proceedings of the 14th Conference on Coastal Engineering. Am. Soc. 
Civil Engineers, 756-75. 


Komar, P. D., Neudeck, R. H., and Kulm, L. D. (1972). “Observations 
and significance of deep-water oscillatory ripple marks on the Oregon 
continental shelf.” Shelf sediment transport. D. J. P. Swift and O. 
Pilkey, eds., Dowden, Hutchinson and Ross, Stroudsburg, PA. 


Kraus, N. C. (1992). “Engineering approaches to coastal sediment 
transport processes.” Proceedings of the Short Course on Design and 
Reliability of Coastal Structures, 23rd International Coastal 
Engineering Conference. Tecnoprint snc, Bologna, Italy, 175-209. 


Kraus, N. C., and Harikai, S. (1983). “Numerical model of shoreline 
change at Oarai Beach,” Coastal Engineering 7 (1), 1-28. 


Kriebel, D. L., Kraus, N. C., and Larson, M. (1991). “Engineering 
methods for predicting beach profile response.” Coastal Sediments ’91. 
American Society of Civil Engineers, 557-71. 


Larsen, L. H. (1982). “A new mechanism for seaward dispersion of 
mid-shelf sediments,” Sedimentology 29, 279-84. 


Larsen, L. H., Sternberg, R. W., Shi, N. C., Madsen, M. H., and Thomas, 
L. (1981). “Field investigations of the threshold of grain motions by 
ocean waves and currents,” Marine Geology 42, 237-50. 


78 


References 


Larson, M. (1991). “Equilibrium profile of a beach with varying grain 
size.” Coastal Sediments ’91. American Society of Civil Engineers, 
New York, 905-19. 


Larson, M., and Kraus, N. C. (1989). “SBEACH: Numerical model for 
simulating storm-induced beach change,” Technical Report 
CERC-89-9, U.S. Army Engineer Waterways Experiment Station, 
Vicksburg, MS. 


Lavelle, J. W., Young, R. A., Swift, D. J. P., and Clarke, T. L. (1978). 
“Near-bottom sediment concentration and fluid velocity measurements 
on the inner continental shelf, New York,” Journal of Geophysical 
Research 83, 6052-62. 


LeBlond, P. H., and Mysak, L. A. (1977). “Trapped coastal waves and 
their role in shelf dynamics.” The sea, Vol 6, Marine modelling. 
Wiley-Interscience, New York, 459-95. 


Longuet-Higgins, M. S., and Stewart, R. W. (1964). “Radiation stresses 
in water waves: A physical discussion with applications,” Deep Sea 
Research 11, 529-62. 


Ludwick, J.C. (1977). “Jet-like coastal currents and bottom sediment 
transport off Virginia Beach, Virginia.” Transactions of the American 
Geophysical Union. 58, 508. 


Lundgren, H. (1973). “Turbulent currents in the presence of waves.” 
Proc. 13th Coastal Eng. Conf., Vancouver. American Society of Civil 
Engineers, New York, Vol 1: 623-34. 


Luternauer, J. L., and Pilkey, O. H. (1967). “Phosperite grains: Their 
application to the interpretation of North Carolina shelf 
sedimentation,” Marine Geology 5, 315-20. 


Madsen, O. S., and Grant, W. P. (1976). “Quantitative description of 
sediment transport by waves.” Proc. 15th Coastal Eng. Conf. 
American Society of Civil Engineers, 1093-1112. 


May, P. W. (1979). “Analysis and interpretation of tidal currents in the 
coastal boundary layer,” Ph.D. diss., Woods Hole Oceanographic 
Institution (WHOI-79-59), 197. 


Meisburger, E. P. (1989). “Possible interchange of sediments between a 
beach and offlying linear shoal,” Technical Report CERC-89-6, U.S. 
Army Engineer Waterways Experiment Station, Vicksburg, MS. 


Moore, B. (1982). “Beach profile evolution in response to changes in 


water level and wave height,” M.S. thesis, University of Delaware, 
Newark. 


References 


19 


Morton, R. A. (1981). “Formation of storm deposits by wind-forced 
currents in the Gulf of Mexico and the North Sea,” International 
Association of Sedimentologists, 385-96. 


. (1988). “Nearshore responses to great storms,” Geological 
Society of America, Special Paper No. 229, 7-22. 


Morton, R. A., and Winker, C. D. (1979). “Distribution and significance 
of coarse biogenic and clastic deposits on the Texas inner shelf.” Gulf 
Coast Association of Geological Societies Transactions. 29, 136-46. 


Munk, W. F., Snodgrass, F. Y., and Gilbert, F. J. (1964). “Long waves 
on the continental shelf: An excellent experiment to separate trapped 
and leaky modes,” Journal of Fluid Mechanics 20, 529-54. 


Munk, W. F., Snodgrass, F. Y., and Wimbush, M. (1970). “Tides 
offshore: Transition from California coastal to deep-sea waters,” 
Journal of Geophysical Fluid Dynamics 1, 161-235. 


Murray, S. P. (1970). “Bottom currents near the coast during Hurricane 
Camille,” Journal of Geophysical Research 75, 4579-82. 


Neshyba, S. (1987). Oceanography: Perspectives on a fluid earth. John 
Wiley and Sons, New York. 


Niedoroda, A. W., Ma, C. M., Mangarella, P. A., Cross, R. H., Huntsman, 
S.R., and Treadwell, D. D. (1982). “Measured and computed coastal 
ocean bedload transport.” Proc. 18th Int’l Conf. Coastal Engineering. 
Amer. Soc. Civil Engr., 2, 1353-68. 


Niedoroda, A. W., Swift, D. J. P., and Hopkins, T. S. (1985). “The 
shoreface” Coastal sedimentary environments. R. A. Davis, Jr., ed., 
Springer-Verlag, New York, 533-624. 


Niedoroda, A. W., Swift, D. J. P., and Thorne, J. A. (1989). “Modeling 
shelf storm beds: Controls of bed thickness and bedding sequence,” 
Proceedings of the Gulf Coast Section Society of Economic 
Paleontologists and Mineralogists Foundation, Seventh Annual 
Research Conference, 15-38. 


Nielsen, P. (1979). “Some basic concepts of wave sediment transport,” 
Series Paper 20, Institute of Hydrodynamics and Hydraulic 
Engineering, Technical University of Denmark, Lyngly, Denmark. 


. (1983). “Entrainment and distribution of different sand 
sizes under water waves,” Journal of Sedimentary Petrology 53, 
423-28. 


80 


References 


Nittrouer, C. A., and Sternberg, R. W. (1981). “The formation of 
sedimentary strata in an allochthonous shelf environment: The 
Washington continental shelf,” Marine Geology 42, 201-32. 


Nottvedt, A., and Kreisa, R. D. (1987). “Model for the combined-flow 
origin of hummocky cross-stratification,” Geology 15,; 357-61. 


Nummedal, D., and Snedden, J. W. (1987). “Sediment exchange between 
the shoreface and continental shelf - evidence from the modern Texas 
coast and the rock record.” Coastal Sediments ’87. 2110-25. 


Osborne, P. D., and Greenwood, B. “Sediment suspension under waves 
and currents: Time scales and vertical structure,” Sedimentology 
(submitted). 


. (1992). “Frequency dependent cross-shore suspended 
sediment transport 1; A barred shoreface,” Marine Geology 106, 25-51. 


Pae, W. G., and Iwagaki, Y. (1985). “Mechanism of beach profile 
deformation due to on-offshore sand drift.” Proceedings of the 19th 
Coastal Engineering Conference. American Society of Coastal 
Engineers, New York 2, 2124-39. 


Pawka, S. S., Inman, D. L., Lowe, R. L., and Holmes, L. C. (1976). 
“Wave climate at Torrey Pines Beach, California,” Beach Erosion 
Board Technical Paper 76-5, U.S. Army Engineer Waterways 
Experiment Station, Vicksburg, MS, 121. 


Pearson, D. K. (1979). “Surface and shallow subsurface sediment regime 
of the nearshore inner Continental shelf, Nags Head and Wilmington 
Areas, North Carolina,” M.S. thesis, East Carolina University, 
Greenville. 


Pearson, D. R., and Riggs, S. R. (1981). “Relationship of surface 
sediments on the lower forebeach and nearshore shelf to beach 
nourishment at Wrightsville Beach, North Carolina,” Shore and Beach 
49, 26-31. 


Pilkey, O. H. (1993). “Can we predict the behavior of sand: In a time 
and volume framework of use to mankind?,” Journal of Coastal 
Research 9, iii-iv. 


Pilkey, O. H., and Field, M. E. (1972). “Onshore transportation of 
continental shelf sediment: Atlantic Southeastern United States,” Shelf 
Sediment Transport, D. J. P. Swift, D. B. Duane, and O. H. Pilkey, 
eds., Dowd, Hutchinson and Ross, Stroudsburg, PA. 


81 


References 


82 


Pilkey, O. H., Young, R. S., Riggs, S. R., Smith, A. W. S., Wu, H., and 
Pilkey, W. D. (1993). “The concept of shoreface profile of 
equilibrium: A critical review,” Journal of Coastal Research 9, 
255-78. 


Pratt, R. M., and Schlee, J. S. (1969). “Glaciation on the continental 
margin off New England,” Geological Society of America Bulletin 80, 
2335-42. 


Reading, H. G. (1978). Sedimentary environments and facies. Blackwell 
Scientific Publications, Oxford, England. 


Rector, R. L. (1954). “Laboratory study of the equilibrium profiles of 
beaches," CERC Technical Memorandum No. 44, U.S. Army Engineer 
Waterways Experiment Station, Vicksburg, MS. 


Reimnitz, E., Toimil, L. J., Shepard, F. P., and Guiterrez-Estrada, M. 
(1976). “Possibile rip current origin for bottom ripple zones to 30 ft 
depth,” Geology 4, 395-400. 


Reineck, H. E., and Singh, I. B. (1986). Depositional sedimentary 
environments. 2nd ed., Springer-Verlag, New York, 97-103. 


Riggs, S. R., Cleary, W. J., and Snyder, S. W. “Influence of inherited 
geologic framework upon barrier beach morphology and shoreface 
dynamics,” in press, Marine Geology. 


Roelvink, J. A., and Stive, M. J. F. (1989). “Bar-generating cross-shore 
flow mechanisms on a beach,” Journal of Geophysical Research 94 
(C4), 4785-4800. 


Rosen, P. S. (1978). “A regional test of the Bruun rule of shoreline 
erosion,” Marine Geology 26, M7. 


Schwab, D. J., Meadows, G. A., Bennett, J. R., Shultz, H., Liu, P. C., 
Campbell, J. E., and Dannelongue, H. H. (1984). “The response of the 
coastal boundary layer to wind and waves: Analysis of an experiment 
in Lake Erie,” Journal of Geophysical Research 89 (C5), 8043-54. 


Schwartz, M. L. (1965). “Laboratory study of sea-level rise as a cause of 
shoreline erosion,” Journal of Geology 73, 528. 


. (1967). “The Bruun theory of sea-level rise as a cause of 
shoreline erosion,” Journal of Geology 75, 76. 


Schwartz, R. K., Hobson, R., and Musialowski, F. R. (1981). 
“Subsurface facies of a modern barrier island shoreface and 
relationship to the active nearshore profile,” Northeastern Geology 3 
(3/4), 283-96. 


References 


Seymour, R. J. (1983). “Cross-shore transport.” Handbook of coastal 
processes and erosion. P. D. Komar, ed., CRC Press, Boca Raton, FL. 


. (1986). “Results of cross-shore transport experiments,” 
Journal of Waterway, Port, Coastal and Ocean Engineering, American 
Society of Civil Engineers, 112, (1), 168-73. 


Shepard, F. P. (1932). “Sediments of the continental shelves,” Bulletin of 
the Geological Society of America, 43, 1017-40. 


. (1950). “Beach cycles in Southern California,” Beach 
Erosion Board Technical Memorandum No. 20, U.S. Army Engineer 
Waterways Experiment Station, Vicksburg, MS, 121. 


. (1963). “Submarine Geology: New York, Harper and Row, 
SWE 


Shepard, F. P., and Inman, D. L. (1950). “Nearshore water circulation 
related to bottom topography and wave refraction,” EOS - Transactions 


of the American Geophysical Union 31, 196-212. 


Shi, N. C., and Larsen, L. H. (1984). “Reverse sediment transport 


induced by amplitude modulated waves,” Marine Geology 54, 181-200. 


Shore protection manual. (1984). 4th ed., 2 Vol, U.S. Army Engineer 
Waterways Experiment Station, U.S. Government Printing Office, 
Washington, DC. 


Smith, J. D. (1977). “Modeling of sediment transport on continental 
shelves. The sea. Vol 6, E.D. Goldberg, ed., Wiley-Interscience, New 
York, 539-76. 


Smith, J. D., and Hopkins, T. S. (1972). “Sediment transport on the 
continental shelf off of Washington and Oregon in light of recent 
current measurements,” Shelf sediment transport: Process and pattern. 
D. J. P. Swift, D. B. Duane, and O. H. Pilkey, eds., Dowden, 
Hutchinson & Ross, Stroudsburg, PA. 


Snedden, J. W. (1985). “Origin and sedimentary characteristics of 
discrete sand beds in modern sediments of the central Texas 
continental shelf,” unpublished Ph.D. diss., Louisiana State University, 
247. 


Snedden, J. W., Nummedal, D., and Amos, F. A. (1988). “Storm- and 
fair-weather combined flow on the central Texas continental shelf,” 
Journal of Sedimentary Petrology 58, 580-95. 


Southard, J. B., and Boguchwal, L. A. (1990). “Bed configurations in 
steady unidirectional water flows; Part 2, synthesis of flume data,” 
Journal of Sedimentary Petrology 60, 658-79. 


References 


83 


84 


Stauble, D. K., Garcia, A. W., Kraus, N. C., Grosskopf, W. G., and Bass, 
G. P. (1993). “Beach nourishment project response and design 
evaluation: Ocean City, Maryland; Report 1, 1988-1992,” Technical 
Report CERC-93-13, U.S. Army Engineer Waterways Experiment 
Station, Vicksburg, MS. 


Sternberg, R. W., and McManus, D. A. (1972). “Implications of 


sediment dispersal from long-term bottom current measurements on the 


continental shelf of Washington,” Shelf sediment transport. D. J. P. 
Swift, D. B. Duane, and O. H. Pilkey, eds., Dowd, Hutchinson and 
Ross, Stroudsburg, PA. 


Sternberg, R. W., and Larsen, L. H. (1976). “Frequency of sediment 
movement on the Washington continental shelf: A note,” Marine 
Geology 21, M37-M47. 


Stive, M. J., De Vriend, H. J., Nicholls, R. J., and Capobianco, M. 
(1992). “Shore nourishment and the active zone: A time scale 
dependent view.” Proceedings of the 23rd Coastal Engineering 
Conference. American Society of Civil Engineers, New York. 


Sunamura, T. (1980). “Laboratory offshore sediment transport and a 
model for eroding beaches.” Abstract-In-Depth, 17th ICCE. Sydney, 
440-41. 


Swart, D. H. (1974). “A schematization of onshore-offshore transport,” 
Report No PUBL-134, Delft Hydraulics Lab., The Netherlands. 


Swift, D. J. P. (1975). “Tidal sand ridges and shoal retreat massifs,” 
Marine Geology 18, 105-34. 


. (1976). “Continental shelf sedimentation.” Marine 
sediment transport and environmental management. D. J. Stanley and 
D. J. P. Swift, eds., John Wiley and Sons, New York, 311-50. 


. (1985). “Response of the shelf floor to flow.” Shelf sands 
and sandstone reservoirs. R. W. Tillman, D. J. P. Swift, and R. G. 
Walker, eds., SEPM Short Course Notes No. 13, 135-241. 


Swift, D. J. P., Figueiredo, A. G., Freeland, G. L., and Oertel, G. F. 
(1983). “Hummocky cross-stratification and megaripples: A 
geological double standard?” Journal of Sedimentary Petrology 53, 
1295-1317. 


Swift, D. J. P., and Niedoroda, A. W. (1985). “Fluid and sediment 
dynamics on continental shelves.” Shelf sands and sandstone 
reservoirs: SEPM short course No. 13. R. D. Tillman, D. J. P. Swift, 
and R. G. Walker, eds., 47-132. 


References 


Swift, D. J. P., and Nummedal, D. (1987). ‘““Hummocky cross- 
stratification, tropical hurricanes, and intense winter storms: 
Discussion,” Sedimentology 34, 338-44. 


Thompson, E. F. (1977). “Wave climate at selected locations along U.S. 
coasts,” Technical Report 77-1, U.S. Army Engineer Waterways 
Experiment Station, Coastal Engineering Research Center, Vicksburg, 
MS. 


Thompson, E. F., and Harris, D. L. (1972). “A wave climatology for the 
U.S. coastal waters.” Proceedings of the 4th Offshore Technology 
Conference. 675-88. 


Trowbridge, J., and Madsen, O. S. (1984). “Turbulent wave boundary 
layers; 2, Second-order theory and mass transport,” J. Geophys. Res. 
89(C5), 7999-8007. 


Uchupi, E. (1968). “The Atlantic coastal shelf and slope of the United 
States - Physiography,” United States Geological Survey Professional 
Paper 529-C. 


U.S. Department of Commerce. (1984). ““Nearshore sediment transport 
Study, Torrsy Pines Experiment,” Tech Note NTN84-00017, 
Washington, DC. 


Veatch, A. C., and Smith, P. A. (1939). “Atlantic submarine valleys of 
the United Sates and the Congo submarine valley,” Geological Society 
of America Special Paper 7. 


Vellinga, P. (1983). “Predictive computational model for beach and dune 
erosion during storm surges.” Proceedings of the Specialty Conference 
on Coastal Structures ’83. American Society of Civil Engineers, 
806-19. 


Vincent, C. E., Swift, D. J. P., and Hillard, B. (1981). “Sediment 
transport in the New York Bight, North American Atlantic Shelf,” 
Marine Geology 42, 369-98. 


Vincent, C. E., Young, R. A., and Swift, D. J. P. (1982). “On the 
relationship between bedload and suspended sand transport on the 
inner shelf, Long Island, New York,” Journal of Geophysical Research 
87, 4163-70. 


ia eee oe aS . (1983). “Sediment transport on the Long Island shoreface, 
North American Atlantic Shelf: Role of waves and currents in 
shoreface maintenance,” Continental Shelf Research 2, 163-81. 


Walker, R. G. (1984). “Shelf and shallow marine sands.” Facies 
Models. Geoscience Canada Reprint 1, Ainsworth Press, Kitchener, 
Canada. 


References 


85 


86 


Walker, R. G., Duke, W. L., and Leckie, D. A. (1983). “Hummocky 
stratification: Significance of its variable bedding sequences: 
Discussion and reply,” Geological Society of America Bulletin 94, 
1245-51. 


Wells, D. R. (1967). “Beach equilibrium and second order wave theory,” 
J. Geophys. Res 72, 497-509. 


Wiberg, P., and Smith, J. D. (1983). “A comparison of field data and 
theoretical models for wave-current interactions at the bed on the 
continental shelf,” Cont. Shelf Res. 2(2/3), 147-62. 


Wright, L. D. (1981). “Nearshore tidal currents and sand transport in a 
macrotidal environment,” Geo. Mar. Letters 1, 173-179. 


. (1987). “Shelf-surfzone coupling: Diabathic shoreface 
transport.” Coastal Sediments ’87. American Society of Civil 
Engineers, 85-101. 


. “Micromorphodynamics of the inner continental shelf: A 
Middle Atlantic Bight case study,” in press, Journal of Coastal 
Reseach - Special Issue. 


Wright, L. D., and Short, A. D. (1984). “Morphodynamic variability of 
surf zones and beaches: A synthesis,” Marine Geology 56, 93-118. 


Wright, L. D., Boon, J. D., Green, M. O., and List, J. H. (1986). 
“Response of the mid shoreface of the southern Mid-Atlantic Bight to a 
northeaster,” Geomarine Letters 6, 153-60. 


Wright, L. D., Boon, J. D., Kim, S. C., and List, J. H. (1991). “Modes of 
cross-shore sediment transport on the shoreface of the Middle Atlantic 
Bight,” Marine Geology 96, 19-51. 


Wright, L. D., Chappel, J., Thom, B. G., Bradshaw, M. P., and Cowell, P. 
(1979). “Morphodynamics of reflective and dissipative beach and 
inshore systems, Southeastern Australia,” Marine Geology 32, 105-40. 


Zenkovich, V. P. (1967). “Processes of coastal development.” Wiley 
Publishers, New York. 


References 


Appendix A 
Glossary 


Bedding - the signature of a migration of a surficial bed form. 


Bed form - a morphologic feature having various systematic patterns of 
relief and created by the conditions of flow at the dynamic interface 
between a body of cohesionless sediment particles and a fluid. 


Climbing ripple stratification - The internal structure formed in 
noncohesive material from migration and simultaneous upward growth of 
long-crested ripples. 


Continental shelf - The gently sloping submerged edge of a continent, 
extending from the surf zone seaward to a depth of about i130 m, or the 
edge of the continental slope. The continental shelf is composed of two 
distinct zones, the inner and outer continental shelf. The shelf is 
characterized by an average slope of 0.1 deg. 


Continental shelf break - The seaward edge of the continental shelf 
where the bottom begins to descend at a greater angle as part of the 
continental slope. Average depth of the shelf break is 130 m. 


Continental slope - The submerged edge of a continent extending 
seaward of the continental shelf which is characterized by slopes of 3-6 
deg. 


Cross-bedding - A single layer, or a single sedimentation unit, 
consisting of laminae that are inclined in a direction similar to the 
principal surface of sedimentation. This sedimentation unit is separated 
from adjacent layers by a surface of erosion, nondeposition, or abrupt 
changes in character. 


Depth of closure - The point on the equilibrium profile beyond which 
there is no significant net offshore transport of sand even during storm 
conditions. 


Appendix A Glossary 


A2 


Equilibrium profile - The long-term profile which the ocean bed is 
assumed to conform to based on a particular wave climate and sediment 
characteristics. 


Foreset - A type of bedding thicker than lamina produced by the 
deposition of sediment on the downcurrent face of a bed form. 


Holocene - The Epoch from approximately 10,000 years before present 
(ybp) to the present, which follows the continental glaciations of the 
Pleistocene Epoch. 


Horizontal bedding - Bedding characterized by parallel beds graded at 
any angle, usually resulting from flat bed sediment migration or the 
migration of sediment where no bed forms occur. 


Hummocky cross stratification - Laminae which are both concave up 
(swales) and convex up (hummocks) possessing many undulating erosion 
surfaces, and dip into the swales at angles of approximately 15 deg. 


Inner shelf (inner continental shelf) - The inner part of the continental 
shelf, also known as the shoreface, extending from the seaward edge of 
the surf zone to the landward edge of outer continental shelf. This zone is 
characterized by a normal, strong agitation of the seafloor bed by waves. 
Slopes of this zone are on the order of 1:200. 


Lamina (pl. laminae) - The thinnest recognizable layer in a sediment or 
sedimentary rock differing from other layers in color, composition, or 
particle size. Commonly 0.05 to 1.00 mm thick. 


Outer continental shelf - The outer continental shelf, the landward limit 
marking the depth of closure, is only periodically agitated by waves. 
Slopes of this zone are on the order of 1:2,000. 


Palimpsest sediments - Reworked sediments of the continental shelf. 


Planar cross-bedding - Cross-bedding in which bounding surfaces 
form more or less planar surfaces. These units are tabular or 
wedge-shaped. 


Pleistocene Epoch - The Epoch characterized by continental 
glaciations at North America from approximately 2 million years to 
10,000 ybp. 


Profile envelope (active) - The range of vertical migration of the 
profile due to coastal processes including waves and currents. 


Quaternary Period - The Period from approximately 2 million ybp io 
the recent (present) inclusive of the Pleistocene and Holocene Epochs). 


Appendix A Glossary 


Sheet flow - the consistent flow of sand over a flat bed during high 
energy conditions. 


Shoreface - See inner shelf 


Surf zone - The region characterized by normal and strong agitation of 
the seafloor bed by the borelike translation of waves following wave 
breaking. 


Trough cross-bedding - Cross-bedding in which bounding surfaces are 
curved surfaces and the unit is trough-shaped. 


Turbulent flow conditions - water flow in which the flow lines are 
confused and heterogeneously mixed. 


Wisconsinan Stage - The most recent and farthest south continental 
glaciation advancement from approximately 21,500 ybp to 10,000 ybp 
during the Pleistocene Epoch. 


Appendix A Glossary 


A3 


vives 


Shiva ate 


me 
Ney 


Appendix B 
Bibliography with Respect to 
Topic 


This appendix is divided into 12 individual reference lists, each of 
which concerns a separate piece of evidence of cross-shore sediment 
transport on the inner shelf. 


Individual topics demonstrating evidence of cross-shore sediment 
transport on the inner shelf include Original Inner Shelf Studies (page 
B1), Sedimentary Features and Stratigraphy (page B2), Significant 
(Storm) Events (page B11), Sediment Transport (page B14), Shelf Coastal 
Processes (page B25), Equilibrium Profile and Profile Adjustment (page 
B31), Depth of Closure (page B35), Field Research Facility (page B36), 
Geological Framework (page B39), Comprehensive Studies (page B42), 
Organic Burrowing (page B43), and Cross-Shore Sediment Transport 
Model Reference Lists ( page B44). 


Original Inner Shelf Study References 


Purpose 


A reference list of some of the original studies concerning cross-shore 
sediment transport on the inner shelf follows (subject matter of studies is 
also noted): 


a. Laboratory Studies 
Beach Erosion Board (1947) - Laboratory study of equilibrium 
beach profiles 
Inman and Bowen (1963) - Sediment transport by waves and currents 
Rector (1954) - Equilibrium beach profiles 


b. Processes/Hydrodynamics 
Arlman, Santema and Svasek (1958) - Movement of bottom 
sediment by currents and waves (with radiometric tracer) 


Appendix B__ Bibliography with Respect to Topic 


Bi 


B2 


Bumpus (1965) - Residual drift along the northwestern United 
States continental shelf bottom waters 

Einstein and Li (1958) - Viscous sublayer along a smooth boundary 

Longuet-Higgins and Stewart (1964) - Radiation stress 

Manohar (1955) - Mechanisms of bottom sediment movement due to 
wave action 

Shepard and Inman (1950) - Nearshore water circulation related to 
bottom topography and wave refraction 


. Equilibrium Beach Profiles 


Bascomb (1951) - Relationship between sand size and beach face 
slope 

Beach Erosion Board (1947) - Laboratory study of equilibrium 
beach profiles 

Bruun (1953) - Forms of equilibrium coasts with a littoral drift 

Dietz (1963) - Wave base, marine equilibrium, and wave built 
terraces 

Eagleson, Glenne, and Dracup (1961) - Equilibrium profiles 
offshore 

Fenneman (1902) - Development of the profile of equilibrium 

Johnson (1959) - Supply and loss of sand to the coast 

Keulegan and Krumbein (1949) - Bottom slope configuration in 
shallow water and relation to geologic processes 

Rector (1954) - Equilibrium beach profiles 

Tanner (1958) - The equilibrium beach 


. Sediment Transport 


Bruun (1962) - Sea level rise as a cause of storm erosion 

Caldwell (1956) - Wave action and sand wave migration off the 
California coast 

Cartwright and Stride (1958) - Sand waves on the near shelf 

Hall and Heron (1950) - Test of nourishment of the shore by 
offshore deposition of sand 

Inman (1953) - Areal and seasonal variation in beach and nearshore 
sands in southern California 

Inman and Risnak (1956) - Changes in sand level on beach and 
shelf in southern California 

Inman (1957) - Wave-generated ripples in nearshore sands 

Shepard (1950) - Beach cycles in southern California 

Shepard and Inman (1951) - Sand movement on the southern 
California shelf 

Vernon (1965) - Shelf sediment transport system 


. Sediments 


Gorsline (1963) - Bottom sediments of the Atlantic shelf and slope 
of the southern United States 

Hayes (1967) - Relation between sediment type and coastal climate 
on the inner shelf 

Shepard (1932) - Sediments of the continental shelves 


Appendix B Bibliography with Respect to Topic 


Uchupi (1963) - Sediments on the continental shelf off the eastern 
U.S. coast 


f. General (Comprehensive Texts) 
Johnson (1919). Shore processes and shoreline development 
Sverdrup, Johnson, and Fleming (1942). The oceans, their physics, 
chemistry, and general biology 


Sedimentary Features and Stratigraphy 
References 


Purpose 


A reference list addressing sedimentation patterns and resulting 
stratigraphic record of the inner shelf. This reference list also concerns 
stratigraphic relationships preserved in the ancient rock record. 


Agassiz, A. (1888). “Three cruises of the United States Coast and 
Geodetic Survey Blake, Harvard Collection, Museum of Comparitive 
Zoology Bulletin, 14. 


Allen, J.R. L. (1976). “A model for the interpretation of wave 
ripplemarks using their wavelength textural composition and shape,” 
Journal of the Geological Society of America 136, 673-82. 


. (1982). Sedimentary structures: Their character and 
physical basis. Elsevier, Amsterdam, The Netherlands, Vols | and 2. 


Allen, P. A. (1985). “Hummocky cross-stratification is not produced 
purely under progressive gravity waves,” Nature 313, 562-64. 


Arnott, R. W. C., and Southard, J. B. (1990). “Exploratory flow-duct 
experiments on combined-flow bed configurations, and some 
implications for interpreting storm-event stratification,” Journal of 
Sedimentary Petrology 60, 211-19. 


Ashley, G. M. (1990). “Classification of large-scale subaqueous 
bedforms: A new look at an old problem,” Journal of Sedimentary 
Petrology 60, 160-72. 


Bernard, H. A., Le Blanc, R. J., and Major, C. F. (1962). “Recent and 
Pleistocene geology of southwest Texas,” Houston Geology Society, 
175-224. 


Appendix B Bibliography with Respect to Topic B3 


B4 


Bourgeois, J. (1980). “A transgressive shelf sequence exhibiting 
hummocky stratification: The Cape Sebastian sandstone (Upper 
Cretaceous), southwestern Oregon,” Journal of Sedimentary Petrology 
50, 681-702. 


Boersma, J. R. (1970). “Distinguishing features of wave-ripple 
cross-stratification and morphology,” Ph.D. diss., University of Utrecht. 


Brenchley, P. J. (1985). “Storm influenced sandstone beds,” Modern 
Geology 9, 369-96. 


ENON . (1989). “Storm sedimentation,” Geology Today, 133-37. 

Brenchley, P. J., and Newall, G. (1982). “Storm-influenced inner-shelf 
sand lobes in the Caradoc (Ordovician) of Shropshire, England,” 
Journal Sed. Petrology 52, 1257-69. 


Brown, P. J., Ehrlich, R., and Colquhoun, D. J. (1980). “Origin of 
patterns of quartz sand types on the southeastern United States 
continental shelf and implications on contemporary shelf 
sedimentation—Fourier grain shape analysis,” Journal of Sedimentary 
Petrology, Vol 50, pp 1095-1100. 


Cacchione, D. A., Drake, D. A., Grant, W. D., and Tate, G. B. (1984). 
“Rippled scour depressions on the inner Continental Shelf off Central 
California,” Journal of Sedimentary Petrology 54, (4), 1280-91. 


Campbell, C. V. (1966). “Truncated wave-ripple laminae,” Jour. Sed. 
Petrology 36, 825-28. 


Carlson, P. R., Molnia, B. F., Kittelson, S. C., and Hampson, J. C., Jr. 
(1977). “Distribution of bottom sediments on the continental shelf, 
northern Gulf of Alaska,” U.S. Geological Survey Misc. Field Studies 
Map MF-876. 


Cartwright, D. E., and Stride, A. H. (1958). “Large sand waves near the 
edge of the continental shelf,” Nature 181, 41. 


Cheel, R. J. (1991). “Grain fabric in hummocky cross-stratified storm 
beds: Genetic implications,” Journal of Sedimentary Petrology 61, 
69-76. 


Cheel, R. J., and Leckie, D. A. (1992). “Coarse-grained storm beds of 
the Upper Cretaceous Chungo Member (Wapiabi Formation), southern 
Alberta, Canada,” Journal of Sedimentary Petrology 62, (6), 933-45. 


Clifton, H. E. (1969). “Beach lamination: Nature and origin,” Marine 
Geology 7, 553-59. 


Appendix B_ Bibliography with Respect to Topic 


. (1976). “Wave-formed sedimentary structures - a 
conceptual model,” SEPM Special Publication 24 - Beach and 
Nearshore Processes, R. A. Davis and R. L. Ethington, eds., United 
States Geological Survey, Menlo Park, CA. 


Clifton, H. E., and Dingler, J. R. (1984). “Wave-formed structures and 
paleoenvironmental reconstruction,” Marine Geology 60, 165-98. 


Clifton, H. E., Hunter, R. E., and Phillips, R. L. (1971). “Depositional 
structures and processes in the non-barred high-energy nearshore,” 
Journal of Sedimentary Petrology 41, (3), 651-70. 


Davidson-Arnott, R. G. D., and Greenwood, B. (1974). “Bedforms and 
structures associated with bar topography in the shallow-water wave 
environment, Kouchibouguac Bay, New Brunswick, Canada,” Journal 
of Sedimentary Petrology 44, 698-704. 


. (1976). “Facies relationships on a barred coast, 
Kouchibouguac Bay, New Brunswick, Canada.” Beach and nearshore 
sedimentation. Society of Economic Paleontologists and Mineralogists 
Special Publication, R. A. Davis and R. L. Ethington, eds., 24, 149-68. 


Dingler, J. R. (1974). “Wave-formed ripples in nearshore sands,” Ph.D. 
diss., Univ. Calif., San Diego, 136. 


Dingler, J. R., and Inman, D. L. (1977). “Wave-formed ripples in 
nearshore sands.” Proceedings of the 15th Conference on Coastal 
Engineering. Honolulu, HI, 2109-26. 


Dott, R. H., Jr., and Bourgeois, J. (1982). “Hummocky stratification: 
Significance of its variable bedding sequences,” Bulletin of the 
Geological Society of America 93, 663-80. 


Drake, T. G. (1992). “Discrete-particle simulations of bedload 
transport.” EOS: Transactions of the American Geophysical Union. 
73(43), 282. 


Drake, T. G., Shreve, R. L., Dietrich, W. E., Whiting, P. J., and Leopold, 
L. B. (1988). “Bedload transport of fine gravel observed by 
motion-picture photography,” Journal of Fluid Mechanics 192, 
193-217. 


Drake, T. G., Shreve, R. L., and Nelson, J. M. (1991). “Particle and fluid 
velocities in a bedload layer.” EOS: Transactions of the American 
Geophysical Union. Vol 72(44), 229. 


Drake, T. G., and Walton, O. R. (1992). “Comparison of experimental 
and simulated grain flows,” Journal of Applied Mechanics, 1-18. 


Appendix B Bibliography with Respect to Topic 


B5 


B6 


Duane, D. B, Field, M. E., Meisburger, E. P., Swift, D. J. P., and 
Williams, S. J. (1972). “Linear shoals on the Atlantic Inner 
Continental Shelf, Florida to Long Island.” Shelf sediment transport. 
D. J. P. Swift, D. B. Duane, and O. H. Pilkey, eds., Dowd, Hutchinson 
and Ross, Stroudsburg, PA. 


Duke, W. L. (1985). “Hummocky cross stratification, tropical hurricanes 
and intense winter storms,” Sedimentology 32, 167-94. 


. (1987). “Hummocky cross-stratification, tropical 
hurricanes, and intense winter storms: Reply,” Sedimentology 34, 
344-59. 


Duke, W. L., Arnott, R. W. C., and Cheel, R. J. (1991). “Shelf 
sandstones and hummocky cross-stratification: New insights on a 
stormy debate,” Geology 19, 625-28. 


Eames, G. B. (1983). “The late quaternary seismic stratigraphy, 
lithostratigraphy, and geologic history of a shelf-barrier-estuarine 
system, Dare County, North Carolina,” M.S. thesis, East Carolina 
University. 


Engstrom, W.N. (1974). “Beach foreshore sedimentology and 
morphology in the Apostle Islands of northern Wisconsin,” Journal of 
Sedimentary Petrology 44, (1), 190-206. 


Evans, O. F. (1941). “The classification of wave-formed ripple marks,” 
Journal of Sedimentary Petrology 11, 37-41. 


. (1942). “The relation between the size of wave-formed 
ripple marks, depth of water, and the size of generating waves,” 
Journal of Sedimentary Petrology 12, 31-35. 


Field, P. M. E., Nelson, C. H., Cacchione, D. A., and Drake, E. (1981). 
“Sandwaves on an epicontinental shelf: Northern Bering Sea,” Marine 
Geology 42, 233-58. 


Field, M. E., and Roy, P. S. (1984). “Offshore transport and sand-body 
formation: Evidence from a steep, high energy shoreface, Southeastern 
Australia,” Journal of Sedimentary Petrology 54, 1292-1302. 


Figueiredo, A. G., Swift, D. J. P., Stubblefield, W. L., and Clarke, T. L. 
(1981). “Sand ridges on the inner Atlantic shelf of North America: 
Morphometric comparisons with Huthnance Stability Model,” 
Geomarine Letters 1, 187-91. 


Flemming, B. W. (1980). “Sand transport and bedform patterns on the 
continental shelf between Durban and Port Elizabeth (Southeast 
African Continental Margin),” Sedimentary Geology 26, 179-205. 


Appendix B_ Bibliography with Respect to Topic 


Goldring, R., and Bridges, P. (1973). ‘“Sublittoral sheet sandstones,” 
Journal of Sedimentary Petrology 43, 736-47. 


Gorsline, D. S. (1963). “Bottom sediments of the Atlantic shelf and 
slope off the southern United States,” Journal of Geology 71, 422-40. 


Green, M. O. (1987). “Low energy bedload transport,” Ph.D. diss., 
Marine Science Department, College of William and Mary, VA. 


Greenwood, B., and Hale, P. B. (1980). “Depth of activity, sediment 
flux, and morphological change in a barred nearshore environment.” 
The coastline of Canada. S.B. McCann, ed., Geological Survey of 
Canada, Paper 80-10. 


Greenwood, B., and Osborne, P. D. (1991). “Equilibrium slopes and 
cross-shore velocity asymmetries in a storm-dominated, barred 
nearshore system,” Marine Geology 96, 211-35. 


Greenwood, B., and Sherman, D. J. (1986). “Hummocky cross- 
stratification in the surf zone: Flow parameters and bedding genesis,” 
Sedimentology 33, 33-45. 


Hamblin, A. P., and Walker, R. G. (1979). “Storm-dominated shallow 
marine deposits: The Fernie-Kootenay (Jurassic) transition, Southern 
Rocky Mountains,” Canadian Journal of Earth Sciences 16, 1673-90. 


Harms, J. C. (1975). “Stratification produced by migrating bedforms,” 
Depositional Environments as Interpreted from Primary Sedimentary 
Structures and Stratification Sequences: Society of Economic 
Paleontologists and Mineralogists Short Course No. 2, 45-61. 


Harms, J. C., Southard, J. B., and Walker, R. G. (1982). “Shallow marine 
environments - A comparison of some ancient and modern examples.” 
Structures and sequences in clastic rocks. Lecture Notes for Short 
Course No. 9, J. C. Harms, J. B. Southard, and R. G. Walker, eds., 
Society of Economic Paleontologists and Mineralogists. 


Higgs, R. (1990). “Is there evidence for geostrophic currents preserved 
in the sedimentary record of inner to middle shelf deposits? - 
Discussion,” Journal of Sedimentary Petrology 60,(4), 630-32. 


Howard, J. D., and Reineck, H. E. (1972). “Georgia coastal region, 
Sapelo Island, USA. Sedimentology and biology; IV. Physical and 
biogenic structures of the nearshore shelf,” Senckenb. Marine 4, 
81-123. 


_ (1981). “Depositional facies of high-energy beach-to- 


offshore sequence: Comparison with low-energy sequence,” Bulletin 
of American Association of Petroleum Geologists 65, 807-30. 


Appendix B_ Bibliography with Respect to Topic 


B7 


B8 


Hunter, R. E., and Clifton, H. E. (1982). “Cyclic deposits and hummocky 
cross stratification of probable storm origin in upper cretaceous rocks 
of the Cape Sebastian Area, Southwestern Oregon,” Journal of 
Sedimentary Petrology 52, 127-43. 


Hunter, R. E., Clifton, H. E., and Phillips, R. L. (1979). “Depositional 
processes, sedimentary structures, and predicted vertical sequences in 
barred nearshore systems, Southern Oregon Coast,” Journal of 
Sedimentary Petrology 49, 711-26. 


Hunter, R. E., Thor, D. R., and Swisher, M. L. (1982). “Depositional and 
erosional features of the inner shelf, Northeastern Bering Sea,” 
Geologie en Mijnbouw 61, 49-62. 


Inman, D. L. (1957). “Wave-generated ripples in nearshore sands,” 
CERC Technical Memorandum 100, U.S. Army Engineer Waterways 
Experiment Station, Vicksburg, MS. 


Johnson, D. W. (1919). Shore processes and shoreline development. 
John Wiley and Sons, New York. 


Kachel, N. B. (1980). “A time-dependent model of sediment transport 
and strata formation on a continental shelf,” Ph.D. diss., University of 
Washington, Seattle. 


Keulegan, G. H. (1945). “Depths of offshore bars,” Engineering Notes 
No. 28, U.S. Army Engineer Waterways Experiment Station, 
Vicksburg, MS. 


Klein, G. D., and Marsaglia, K. M. (1987). “Hummocky cross 
stratification, tropical hurricanes and intense winter storms: 
Discussion,” Sedimentology 34, 333-37. 


Komar, P. D., and Milier, M. C. (1975). “The initiation of oscillatory 
ripple marks and the development of plane-bed at high shear stresses 
under waves,” Journal of Sedimentary Petrology 45, 697-703. 


Komar, P. D., Neudeck, R. H., and Kulm, L. D. (1972). “Observations 
and significance of deep-water oscillatory ripple marks on the Oregon 
continental shelf.” Shelf sediment transport. D.J. P. Swift and 
O. Pilkey, eds., Dowden, Hutchinson and Ross, Stroudsburg, PA. 


Kuenen, P. D. (1939). “The cause of coarse deposits on the outer edge of 
the shelf,” Geologie en Mijnbrow 18, 36-39. 


Kulm, L. D., Rousch, R. C., Hartlett, J. C, Neudeck, R. H., Chambers, 
D. M., and Runge, E. J. (1975). “Oregon continental shelf 
sedimentation: Interrelationships of facies distribution and sedimentary 
processes,” Journal of Geology, 145-75. 


Appendix B_ Bibliography with Respect to Topic 


Leckie, D. A., and Krystinik, L. F. (1989). “Is there evidence for 
geostrophic currents preserved in the sedimentary record of inner to 
middle-shelf deposits?” Journal of Sedimentary Petrology 59, 862-70. 


Liu, J. T, and Zarillo, G. A. (1989). “Partitioning of shoreface sediment 
grain-sizes.” Coastal Sediments ’87. 1533-48. 


Luternauer, J. L., and Pilkey, O. H. (1967). “Phosperite grains: Their 
application to the interpretation of North Carolina shelf 
sedimentation,” Marine Geology 5, 315-20. 


McBride, R. A., and Moslow, T. F. (1991). “Origin, evolution, and 
distribution of shoreface sand ridges, Atlantic inner shelf, USA,” 
Marine Geology 97, 57-85. 


McBride, E. F., Shepherd, R. G., and Crawley, R. (1975). “Origin of 
parallel near-horizontal laminae by migration of bedforms in a small 
flume,” Journal of Sedimentary Petrology 45, 132-39. 


McCave, I. N. (1971). “Wave effectiveness at the sea bed and its 
relationship to bed-forms and deposition of mud,” Journal of 
Sedimentary Petrology 41(1), 89-96. 


Miller, M. C., and Komar, P. D. (1980). “A field investigation of the 
relationship between oscillation ripple spacing and the near-bottom 


water orbital motions,” Journal of Sedimentary Petrology 50, 0183-91. 


Mogridge, G. R., and Kamphuis, J. W. (1972). “Experiments on bed 
form generation by wave action.” Proceedings of the 13th Conference 
on Coastal Engineering. American Society of Civil Engineers, 
1123-42. 


Moore, D. G., and Scruton, P. C. (1957). “Minor internal structures of 
some recent unconsolidated sediments,” Bulletin of American 
Association of Petroleum Geologists 41, 2723-51. 


Morang, A., and McMaster, R. L. (1980). “Nearshore bedform patterns 
along Rhode Island from side-scan sonar surveys, Journal Sed. 
Petrology 50, 831-40. 


Morton, R. A., and Winker, C. D. (1979). “Distribution and significance 
of coarse biogenic and clastic deposits on the Texas inner shelf.” Gulf 
Coast Association of Geological Societies Transactions. 29, 136-46. 


Niedoroda, A. W., Swift, D. J. P., and Thorne, J. A. (1989). “Modeling 
shelf storm beds: Controls of bed thickness and bedding sequence.” 
Gulf Coast Section of the Society of Economic Paleontologists and 
Mineralogists Foundation Seventh Annual Research Conference 
Proceedings, April 1, 1989. 15-39. 


Appendix B —_ Bibliography with Respect to Topic 


B9 


Nittrouer, C. A., and Sternberg, R. W. (1981). “The formation of 
sedimentary strata in an allochthonous shelf environment: The 
Washington continental shelf,” Marine Geology 42, 201-32. 


Nottvedt, A., and Kreisa, R. D. (1987). “Model for the combined-flow 
origin of hummocky cross-stratification,” Geology 15, 357-61. 


Nummedal, D., and Snedden, J. W. (1987). “Sediment exchange between 
the shoreface and continental shelf - Evidence from the modern Texas 
coast and the rock record.” Coastal Sediments ’87. 2110-25. 


Osborne, R. H., Yeh, C. C., and Lu, Y. (1991). “Grain-shape analysis of 
littoral and shelf sands, southern California.” Proceedings of a 
Specialty Conference on Quantitative Approaches to Coastal Sediment 
Processes. American Society of Coastal Engineers, New York, 846-59. 


Osborne, R. H., and Yeh, C. C. (1991). “Fourier grain-shape analysis of 
coastal and inner continental-shelf sand samples: Oceanside littoral 
cell, southern Orange and San Diego Counties, southern California,” 
Sedimentary Geology 46, 51-66. 


Reineck, H. E., and Singh, I. B. (1971). “Der Golf von Gaeta/ 
Tyrrhenisches Meer.III. Die Gefuge von Vorstand-und 
Schelfsedimenten,” Senckenb. Marine 3, 185-201. 


. (1972). “Genesis of laminated sand and graded rhythmites 
in storm-sand layers of shelf mud,” Sedimentology 18, 123-28. 


Riggs, S. R. (1979). “A geologic profile of the North Carolina coastal- 
inner shelf system.” Ocean outfall wastewater disposal feasibility and 
planning. Institute for Coastal and Marine Sciences, East Carolina 
University, Report No. 5. 


Riggs, S. R., and O’Connor, M. P. (1974). “Relict sediment deposits in a 
major transgressive coastal system,” North Carolina Sea Grant 
Publication No. UNC-SG-74-04, 37. 


Rubin, D. M. (1987). “Cross-bedding, bedforms, and paleocurrent.” 
Society of Economic Paleontologists and Mineralogists, Concepts in 
Sedimentology and Paleontology. Volume 1. 


Sallenger, A. H. (1979). “Inverse grading and hydraulic equivalence in 
grain-flow deposits,” Journal of Sedimentary Petrology 49, 553-62. 


Schmittle, J. M. (1982). “Depositional facies relationships on a barred, 
moderately high-energy beach and shoreface zone, Duck, North 
Carolina,” Senior’s thesis, Allegheny College, Meadville, PA. 


B10 
Appendix B__ Bibliography with Respect to Topic 


Schwartz, R. K., Hobson, R., and Musialowski, F. R. (1981). 
“Subsurface facies of a modern barrier island shoreface and 
relationship to the active nearshore profile,” Northeastern Geology 
3(3/4), 283-96. 


Shepard, F. P. (1932). “Sediments on the continental shelves,” 
Geological Society of America Bulletin 43, 1017-39. 


Sherman, D. J., and Greenwood, B. (1984). “Boundary roughness and 
bedforms in the surf zone,” Marine Geology 60, 199-218. 


Shipp, C. R. (1984). “Bedforms and depositional sedimentary structures 
of a barred nearshore system, eastern Long Island, New York,” Marine 
Geology 60, 235-59. 


Short, A. D. (1984). “Beach and nearshore facies: Southeast Australia,” 
Marine Geology 60, 261-82. 


Shreve, R. L., and Drake, T. G. (1990). “Particle motions during bedload 
transport of binary mixtures of coarse sand and fine gravel.” EOS: 
Transactions of the American Geophysical Union. Vol 71, 1344. 


Southard, J. B., and Boguchwal, L. A. (1990). “Bed configurations in 
steady unidirectional water flows; Part 2, Synthesis of flume data,” 
Journal of Sedimentary Petrology 60, 658-79. 


Southard, J. B., Lambie, J. M., Federico, D. C., Pile, H. T., and Weidman, 
C.R. (1990). “Experiments on bed configurations in fine sands under 
bidirectional purely oscillatory flow, and the origin of hummocky 
cross-stratification,” Journal of Sedimentary Petrology 60, 1-17. 


Swift, D. J. P., and Freeland, G. L. (1978). “Mesoscale current lineations 
on the inner shelf middle Atlantic bight of North America,” Journal of 
Sedimentary Petrology 48, 1257-66. 


Swift, D. J. P., and Nummedal, D. (1987). “Hummocky cross- 
stratification, tropical hurricanes, and intense winter storms: 
Discussion,” Sedimentology 34, 338-44. 


Swift, D. J. P., and Rice, D. P. “Sand bodies on muddy shelves: A model 
for sedimentation in the Cretaceous Western Interior Seaway, North 
America,” R.W. Tillman, ed., Society of Economic Paleontologists and 
Mineralogists Special Publication, Ancient Shelf Sedimentary 
Sequences, in press. 


Swift, D. J. P., Figueiredo, A. G., Freeland, G. L., and Oertel, G. F. 
(1983). “Hummocky cross-stratification and megaripples: A 
geological double standard?,” Journal of Sedimentary Petrology 53, 
1295-1317. 


Appendix B Bibliography with Respect to Topic Bit 


Swift, D. J. P., Freeland, G. L., and Young, R. A. (1979). “Time and 
space distribution of megaripples and associated bedforms, middle 
Atlantic Bight, North American Atlantic Shelf,” Sedimentology 26, 
389-406. 


Swift, D. J. P., Thorne, J. A., and Oertel, G. F. (1986). “Fluid processes 
and sea-floor response on a modern storm-dominated shelf: Middle 
Atlantic shelf of North America; Part II, Response of the shelf floor,” 
R. J. Knight and J. R. McLean, eds., Shelf sands and sandstone 
reservoirs," Canadian Society of Petroleum Geologists Memoir No. 11, 
191-211. 


Tillman, R. W., and Martinsen, R. S. “Shannon sandstone, Hartzog draw 
field core study,” Shelf sands and sandstone reservoirs: SEPM short 
course No. 13, R. D. Tillman, D. J. P. Swift, and R. G. Walker, eds., 
135-240. 


Uchupi, E. (1963). “Sediments on the continental margin off eastern 
United States,” United States Geological Survey Professional Paper 
475-C, C132-C137. 


. (1968). “Atlantic continental shelf and slope of the United 
States - Physiography,” United States Geological Survey Professional 
Paper 529-C, C1-C29. 


. (1970). “Atlantic continental shelf and slope of the United 
States - Shallow structure,” United States Geological Survey 
Professional Paper 529-I, 11-144. 


Walker, R. G. (1984). “Shelf and shallow marine sands.” Facies models, 
R. G. Walker, ed., 141-70. 


. (1985). “Geological evidence for storm transportation and 
deposition on ancient shelves,” Shelf sands and sandstone reservoirs: 
SEPM Short Course No. 13, R. W. Tillman, ed., 243-302. 


. (1967). “Turbidite sedimentary structures and their 
relationship to proximal and distal depositional environments,” Journal 
of Sedimentary Petrology 37, 25-43. 


Walker, R. G., Duke, W. L., and Leckie, D. A. (1983). “Hummocky 
stratification: Significance of its variable bedding sequences: 


Discussion and reply,” Geological Society of America Bulletin 94, 
1245-51. 


Whiting, P. J., Dietrich, W. E., Leopold, L. B., Drake, T. G., and Shreve, 
R. L. (1988). “Bedload sheets in heterogeneous sediment,” Geology 
16, 105-08. 


Bi2 
Appendix B_ Bibliography with Respect to Topic 


Williams, S. J. (1976). “Geomorphology, shallow subbottom structure, 
and sediments of the Atlantic Inner Continental Shelf off Long Island, 
New York,” CERC Technical Paper No. 76-2, U.S. Army Engineer 
Waterways Experiment Station, Vicksburg, MS. 


Wright, L. D. (1993). “Micromorphodynamics of the inner continental 
shelf: A Middle Atlantic Bight case study,” Journal of Coastal 
Research - Spec. Issue 15, in press. 


Wright, L. D., Short, A. D., and Green, M. O. (1985). “ Short-term 
changes in the morphologic states of beaches and surf zones: An 
empirical model,” Marine Geology 62, 339-64. 


Significant (Storm) Event References 


Purpose 


A reference list addressing the effect of significant events (storms) on 
cross-shore sediment transport and shelf sedimentation. (References 
contained in this list are also included in other reference lists included in 
this bibliography.) 


Brenchley, P. J. (1985). “Storm influenced sandstone beds,” Modern 
Geology 9, 369-96. 


. (1989). “Storm sedimentation,” Geology Today, 133-37. 


Brooks, D. A. (1983). “The wake of Hurricane Allen in the western Gulf 
of Mexico,” Journal of Physical Oceanography 13, 117-29. 


Cacchione, D. A., and Drake, D. E. (1982). “Measurements of storm- 
generated bottom stresses on the continental shelf,” Journal of 
Geophysical Research 87, 1952-60. 


Cacchione, D. A., Grant, W. D., Drake, D. E., and Glenn, S. M. (1987). 
“Storm-dominated bottom boundary layer dynamics on the Northern 
California continental shelf: Measurements and predictions,” Journal 
of Geophysical Research 92, 1817-27. 


Dupre, W. R. (1985). “Geologic effects of Hurricane Alicia (August 18, 
1983) on the upper Texas coast.” Transactions of the Gulf Coast 
Association of Geological Society. Vol 35, 353-60. 


Figueiredo, A. G., Sanders, J., and Swift, D. J. P. (1981b). “Storm- 
graded layers on inner continental shelves: Examples from southern 
Brazil and the Atlantic coast of the central United States,” Sedimentary 
Geology 31, 187-91. 


Appendix B Bibliography with Respect to Topic B13 


Forristall, G. Z. (1974). “Three-dimensional structure of storm-generated 
currents,” Journal of Geophysical Research 79, 2721-29. 


Forristall, G. Z., Hamilton, R. C., and Cardone, V. J. (1977). 
“Continental shelf currents in Tropical Storm Delia: Observations and 
theory,” Journal of Physical Oceanography 7, 532-34. 


Gagan, M. K., Chivas, A. R., and Herczag, A. L. (1990). “Shelf-wide 
erosion, deposition, and suspended sediment transport during Cyclone 
Winifred, central Great Barrier Reef, Australia,” Journal of 
Sedimentary Petrology 60, 456-70. 


Green, M. O., Boon, J. D., List, J. H., and Wright, L. D. (1988). “Bed 
response to fairweather and stormflow on the shoreface.” Proceedings 
of the Twenty-First Coastal Engineering Conference. American Society 
of Civil Engineers, 1508-21. 


Hayes, M. O. (1967). “Hurricanes as geologic agents; case studies of 
Hurricanes Carla, 1961 and Cindy, 1963,” Univ. Texas Bureau 
Economic Geology Rept. Inv. No. 61, 56. 


Hubbard, D. K. (1992). “Hurricane-induced sediment transport in 
open-shelf tropical systems—An example from St. Croix, U.S. Virgin 
Islands,” Journal of Sedimentary Petrology 62 (6) 946-60. 


Keen, T. R., and Slingerland, R. L. “A numerical study of sediment 
transport and event bed genesis during Tropical Storm Delia,” Journal 
of Geophysical Research, in press. 


. (1993). “Four storm-event beds and the tropical cyclones 
that produced them: A numerical hindcast,” Journal of Sedimentary 
Petrology 63, 218-32. 


Lavelle, J. W., Swift, D. J. P., Gadd, P. E., Stubblefield, W. L., Case, 
F. N., Brashear, H. R., and Haff, K. W. (1976). “Fair-weather and 
storm transport on the Long Island New York, inner shelf,” 
Sedimentology 29, 323-842. 


Madsen, O. S., Wright, L. D., Boon, J. D., and Chisholm, T. A. “Wind 
stress, bed roughness, and sediment suspension on the inner shelf 
during an extreme storm event,” Continental Shelf Research, in press. 


Morton, R. A. (1981). “Formation of storm deposits by wind-forced 
currents in the Gulf of Mexico and the North Sea.” International 
Association of Sedimentologists. 385-96. 


. (1988). “Nearshore responses to great storms,” Geological 
Society of America Special Paper No. 229, 7-22. 


Bi4 
Appendix B_ Bibliography with Respect to Topic 


Murray, S. P. (1970). “Bottom currents near the coast during Hurricane 
Camille,” Journal of Geophysical Research 75, 4579-82. 


Reitneck, H. E., and Enos, P. (1968). “Hurricane Betsy in the Florida- 
Bahama Area: Geological effects and comparison with Hurricane 
Donna,” Journal of Geology 76, 710-17. 


Rodolfo, K. S., Buss, B. A., and Pilkey, O. H. (1971). “Suspended 
sediment increase due to Hurricane Gerda in continental shelf waters 
off Cape Lookout, North Carolina,” Journal of Sedimentary Petrology 
41, 1121-25. 


Snedden, J. W., Nummedal, D., and Amos, F. A. (1988). “Storm- and 
fair-weather combined flow on the central Texas continental shelf,” 
Journal of Sedimentary Petrology 58, 580-95. 


Swift, D. J. P., Han, G., and Vincent, C. E. (1986). “Fluid processes and 
sea-floor response on a modern storm-dominated shelf: Middle 
Atlantic shelf of North America; Part I, The storm-current regime.” 
Shelf sands and sandstones. R. J. Knight and J. R. McLean, eds., 
Canadian Society of Petroleum Geologists Memoir 11, 99-120. 


Swift, D. J. P., Thorne, J. A., and Oertel, G. F. (1986). “Fluid processes 
and sea-floor response on a modern storm-dominated shelf: middle 
Atlantic shelf of North America; Part II, Response of the shelf floor, 
Shelf sands and sandstone reservoirs. R. J. Knight and J. R. McLean, 
eds., Canadian Society of Petroleum Geologists Memoir No. 11, 
191-211. 


Vaughn, N. D., Johnson, T. C., Mearns, D. L., Hine, A. C., Kirby-Smith, 
W., Ustach, J. F., and Riggs, S. R. (1987). “The impact of Hurricane 
Diana on the North Carolina continental shelf,” Marine Geology, 76, 
169-76. 


Vincent, C. E. (1986). “Processes affecting sand transport on a storm- 
dominated shelf.” Shelf sands and sandstones, Canadian Society of 
Petroleum Geologists Memoir 11, R. J. Knight and J. R. Mclean, eds., 
121-32. 


Wells, J. T., Park, Y. A., and Choi, J. H. (1985). “Storm-induced fine 
sediment transport, west coast of South Korea” Geomarine Letters 4, 
177-80. 


Winkelmolen, A. M., and Veenstra, H. J. (1980). “The effect of a storm 
surge on near-shore sediments in the Ameland-Schiermonnikoog Area 
(N. Netherlands),” Geol. Mijnbouw 59,(2), 97-111. 


Wright, L. D., Boon, J. D., Green, M. O., and List, J. H. (1986). 
“Response of the mid shoreface of the southern Mid-Atlantic Bight to a 
northeaster,” Geomarine Letters 6, 153-60. 


B1 
Appendix B___ Bibliography with Respect to Topic 2 


Sediment Transport References 


Purpose 


A reference list addressing cross-shore sediment transport on the 
shoreface. 


Aagaard, T. (1988). “A study of nearshore bar dynamics in a low-energy 
environment: Northern Zealand, Denmark,” Journal of Coastal 
Research 4, 115-28. 


Anders, F. J., and Clausner, J. E. (1989). “Physical monitoring of 
nearshore sand feeder berms,” Coastal Engineering Technical Note 
CETN II-20, U.S. Army Engineer Waterways Experiment Station, 
Vicksburg, MS. 


Arlman, J. J., Santema, P., and Svasek, J. N. (1958). “Movement of 
bottom sediment in coastal waters by currents and waves: 
Measurements with the aid of radioactive tracers in The Netherlands,” 
Technical Memorandum No. 105, Coastal Engineering Research 
Center, U.S. Army Engineer Waterways Experiment Station, 
Vicksburg, MS. 


Adams, C. E., and Weatherly, G. L. (1981). “Suspended sediment 
transport and benthic boundary layer dynamics,” Marine Geology 42, 
1-18. 


Aubrey, D. G. (1979). “Seasonal patterns of onshore/offshore sediment 
movement,” Journal of Geophysical Research 84, 6347-54. 


Bailard, J. A. (1981). “An Energetics Total Load Sediment Transport 
Model for a Plain Sloping Beach,” Journal of Geophysical Research 
86, 10,938-10,954. 


. (1982). “An energetics total load sediment transport model 
for a plane sloping beach,” Final Technical Note NCEL-TN- 1626, 
Naval Civil Engineering Lab., Port Hueneme, CA. 


. (1985). “Simple models for surf zone sediment transport,” 
Final Report NCEL-TN-1740, Naval Civil Engineering Lab., Port 
Hueneme, CA. 


Bagnold, R. A. (1947). “Sand movement by waves: Some small-scale 
experiments with sand of very low density,” Journal of the Institute of 
Civil Engineering, Paper 5554, 447-69. 


. (1963). “Mechanics of marine sedimentation.” The sea. 
Vol 3, M.N. Hill, ed., Wiley-Interscience, New York. 


Bi 
6 Appendix B Bibliography with Respect to Topic 


_____. (1966). “An approach to the sediment transport problem 
from general physics,” U.S. Geological Survey Prof. Paper 422-1, 40. 


Beach, R. A., and Sternberg, R. W. (1991). “Infragravity driven 
suspended sediment transport in the swash, inner and outer-surf zone.” 
Proceedings of a Specialty Conference on Quantitative Conference 
Location. American Society of Coastal Engineers, New York, 114-28. 


Beydoun, Z. R. (1976). “Observations on geomorphology, transportation 
and distribution of sediments in western Lebanon and its continental 
shelf and slope regions,” Marine Geology 21(4), 311-24. 


Bowen, A. J. (1980). “Simple models of nearshore sedimentation: Beach 
profile and longshore bars,” The coastline of Canada. S.B. McCann, 
ed., Geological Survey of Canada, Paper 80-10. 


Boyd, R. (1981). “Sediment dispersal on the N.S.W. continental shelf,” 
Proceedings of the 17th International Conference of Coastal 
Engineering, Sydney. 1364-81. 


Brooks, D. A. (1983). “The wake of Hurricane Allen in the western Gulf 
of Mexico,” Journal of Physical Oceanography 13, 117-29. 


Bruun, P. (1988). “Profile nourishment: its background and economic 
advantages,” Journal of Coastal Research 4, 219-28. 


Butman, B., Noble, M., and Folger, D. W. (1977). “Observations of 
bottom current and bottom sediment movement on the mid-Atlantic 
continental shelf.” Transactions of the American Geophysical Union. 
58(6). 


___. (1979). “Long-term observations of bottom currents and 
bottom sediment movement on the middle Atlantic continental shelf,” 
Journal of Geophysical Research 84, 1187-1205. 


Caldwell, J. M. (1956). ‘““Wave action and sand movement near Anaheim 
Bay, California,” Technical Memorandum No. 68, Coastal Engineering 
Research Center, U.S. Army Engineer Waterways Experiment Station, 
Vicksburg, MS. 


Channon, R. D., and Hamilton, D. (1976). “Wave and tidal current 
sorting of shelf sediments southwest of England,” Sedimentology 23, 
17-42. 


Chesnutt, C. B., and Stafford, R. P. (1978). “Laboratory effects in beach 
studies; Vol VI, Movable-bed experiments with H, = 0.004,” 
Miscellaneous Report 77-7, Coastal Engineering Research Center, U.S. 
Army Engineer Waterways Experiment Station, Vicksburg, MS. 


B17 
Appendix B_ Bibliography with Respect to Topic 


Christofferson, J. B., and Jonsson, I. G. (1985). “Bed friction and 
dissipation in a combined current and wave motion,” Ocean 
Engineering 12(5), 387-423. 


Clifton, H. E. (1977). “Interpreting paleoenergy levels from sediment 
deposited on ancient wave-dominated shelves.” Shelf sands and 
sandstones. R. J. Knight and J. R. McLean, eds. 


Cook, D. O., and Gorsline, D. S. (1972). “Field observations of sand 
transport by shoaling waves,” Marine Geology 13, 31-55. 


Creager, J. S., and Sternberg, R. W. (1972). “Specific problems in 
understanding bottom sediment distribution and dispersal on the 
continental shelf.” Shelf sediment transport. D. J. P. Swift, D. B. 
Duane, and O. H. Pilkey, eds., Dowd, Hutchinson and Ross, 
Stroudsburg, PA. 


Dean, R. G. (1973). “Heuristic models of sand transport in the surf 
zone.” Proceedings of the 1st Australian Conference of Coastal 
Engineering, Sydney, Australia. 208-14. 


Deigaard, R., Hedegaard, I. B., Anderson, O. H., and Presdoe, J. (1989). 
“Engineering models for coastal sediments transport.” Sediment 
Transport Modeling: Proceedings of the International Symposium. 
172-77. 


Drake, D. E., Cacchione, D. A., and Karl, H. A. (1985). “Bottom 
currents and sediment transport on the San Pedro Shelf, California,” 
Journal of Sedimentary Petrology 55, 15-28. 


Drake, D. E., Kolpack, R. L., and Fischer, P. J. (1972). “Sediment 
transport on the Santa Barbara-Oxnard shelf, Santa Barbara Channel, 
California.” Shelf Sediment transport: Process and pattern. D. J. P. 
Swift, D. B. Duane, and O. H. Pilkey, eds., Dowden, Hutchinson & 
Ross, Stroudsburg, PA, 301-32. 


Duke, W. L. (1990). “Geostrophic circulation or shallow marine 
turbidity currents? The dilemma of paleoflow patterns in 
storm-influenced prograding shoreline systems,” Journal of 
Sedimentary Petrology 60(6), 870-83. 


Dupre, W.R. (1985). “Geologic effects of Hurricane Alicia (August 18, 
1983) on the upper Texas coast.” Transactions of the Gulf Coast 
Association of Geological Societies. Vol 35, 353-60. 


Einstein, H. A., and Li, H. (1958). “The viscous sublayer along a smooth 
boundary.” American Society Civil Engineers Transactions. No. 123, 
293-317. 


B18 Appendix B__ Bibliography with Respect to Topic 


Figueiredo, A. G., Jr., Sanders, J. E., and Swift, D. J. P. (1982). 
“Storm-graded layers on inner continental shelves; Examples from 
southern Brazil and the Atlantic coast of the central United States,” 
Sedimentary Geology 31, 171-90. 


Gadd, P. E., Lavelle, J. W., and Swift, D. J. P. (1978). “Estimate of sand 
transport on the New York shelf using near bottom current meter 
observations,” Journal of Sedimentary Petrology 48, 239-52. 


Gagan, M. K., Chivas, A. R., and Herczag, A. L. (1990). “Shelf-wide 
erosion, deposition, and suspended sediment transport during Cyclone 
Winifred, central Great Barrier Reef, Australia,” Journal of 
Sedimentary Petrology 60, 456-70. 


Gao, S., and Collins, M. (1992). “Net sediment transport patterns 
inferred from grain-size trends, based upon definition of transport 
vectors,” Sedimentary Geology 80, 47-60. 


Grant, W. D., and Madsen, O. S. (1979). “Combined wave and current 
interaction with a rough bottom,” Journal of Geophysical Research 84, 
1797-1808. 


Green, M. O. (1987). “Low energy bedload transport, southern 
Mid-Atlantic Bight,” Ph.D. diss., Department of Marine Science, 
College of William and Mary," Gloucester Point, VA, 162. 


Green, M. O., Boon, J. D., List, J. H., and Wright, L. D. (1988). “Bed 
response to fairweather and stormflow on the shoreface.” Proceedings 
of the Twenty-First Coastal Engineering Conference. American Society 
of Civil Engineers, 1508-21. 


Greenwood, B., and Mittler, G. A. (1984). “Sediment flux and 
equilibrium slopes in a barred nearshore,” Marine Geology 60, 79-98. 


Hails, J. R. (1974). “A review of some current trends in nearshore 
research,” Earth-Science Reviews 10, 171-202. 


Hall, J. V,. and Herron, W. J. (1950). “Test of nourishment of the shore 
by offshore deposition of sand: Long Beach, New Jersey,” Technical 
Memorandum No. 17, Coastal Engineering Research Center, U.S. 
Army Engineer Waterways Experiment Station, Vicksburg, MS. 


Hallermeier, R. J. (1981). “Seaward limit of significant sand transport by 
waves: An annual zonation for seasonal profiles,” Coastal Engineering 
Technical Aid 81-2, Coastal Engineering Research Center, U.S. Army 
Engineer Waterways Experiment Station, Vicksburg, MS. 


Hamblin, D. P., and Walker, R. G. (1979). “Storm-dominated shallow 
marine deposits: The Fernie-Kootenay (Jurassic) transition, southern 
Rocky Mountains,” Canadian Journal of Earth Sciences 16, 1673-89. 


Appendix B Bibliography with Respect to Topic B19 


Hands, E. B. (1991). “Unprecedented migration of a submerged mound 
off the Alabama Coast.” Proceedings of the Twelfth Annual Conference 
of the Western Dredging Association and the Twenty-fourth Annual 
Texas A&M Dredging Seminar. May 15-17, 1991, Las Vegas, NV. 


Hands, E. B., and Allison, M. C. (1991). “Mound migration in deeper 
water and methods of categorizing active and stable depths.” Coastal 
Sediments 91. 1985-99. 


Hands, E. B., and Bradley, K. P. (1990). “Results of monitoring the 
disposal berm at Sand Island, Alabama; Report 1, Construction and 
first year’s response,” Technical Report DRP-90-2, U.S. Army 
Engineer Waterways Experiment Station, Vicksburg, MS. 


Hanes, D. M., and Huntley, D. A. (1986). “Continuous measurements of 
suspended sand concentration in a wave dominated nearshore 
environment,” Continental Shelf Research 6, 585-96. 


Hansen, M., and Lillycrop, W. J. (1988). “Evaluation of closure depth 
and its role in estimating beach fill volumes.” Proceedings of Beach 
Preservation Technology ’88. Florida Shore and Beach Preservation 
Association, 107-14. 


Harris, R. L. (1954). “Restudy of test-shore nourishment by offshore 
deposition of sand, Long Branch, New Jersey,” Technical 
Memorandum No. 62, Coastal Engineering Research Center, U.S. 
Army Engineer Waterways Experiment Station, Vicksburg, MS. 


Hayes, M. O. (1967a). “Relationship between coastal climate and bottom 
sediment type on the inner continental shelf,” Marine Geology 5, 
111-32. 


bg _____. (1967b). “Hurricanes as geologic agents, south Texas 
coast,” American Association of Petroleum Geologists Bulletin 51, 
937-56. 


_. (1967c). “Hurricanes as geologic agents; case studies of 
Hurricane Carla, 1961 and Cindy, 1963,” Univ. Texas Bureau 
Economic Geology Rept. Inv. No. 61, 56. 


Hino, M., Yamashita, T., and Yoneyama, S. (1981). “Experimental study 
of onshore-offshore sand transport by using colored sands.” 28th 
Japanese Conference on Coastal Engineering. 24, 254. 


Hobday, D. K., and Reading, H. G. (1972). “Fairweather versus storm 
processes in shallow marine sand bar sequences in the late precambrian 
of Finnmark, North Norway,” Journal of Sedimentary Petrology 42, 
318-24. 


B20 Appendix B__ Bibliography with Respect to Topic 


Howard, J. D. (1972). “Nearshore sedimentary processes as geologic 
studies.” Shelf sediment transport: Process and pattern. D. J. P. Swift, 
D. Duane, and O. H. Pilkey, eds., Dowden, Hutchinson, and Ross, 
Inc.,Stroudsburg, PA, 645-48. 


Hsaio, S. V., and Shemdin, O. H. (1980). “Interaction of ocean waves 
with a soft bottom,” Journal of Physical Oceanography 10, 605-10. 


Hubbard, D. K. (1992). “Hurricane-induced sediment transport in 
open-shelf tropical systems—An example from St. Croix, U.S. Virgin 
Islands,” Journal of Sedimentary Petrology. 62(6), 946-60. 


Inman, D. L. (1953). “Areal and seasonal variations in beach and 
nearshore sediments at LaJolla, California,” Beach Erosion Board 
Tech. Memo. No. 39, Coastal Engineering Research Center, U.S. Army 
Engineer Waterways Experiment Station, Vicksburg, MS, 121. 


Inman, D. L., and Bowen, A. J. (1963). “Flume experiments on sand 
transport by waves and currents.” Proceedings of the 8th Coastal 
Engineering Conference. American Society of Civil Engineers, NY, 
137-50. 


Inman, D. L., and Risnak, G. A. (1956). “Changes in sand level on the 
beach and shelf at LaJolla, California,” Beach Erosion Board Tech. 
Memo No. 82, Coastal Engineering Research Center, U.S. Army 
Engineer Waterways Experiment Station, Vicksburg, MS, 121. 


Inman, D., Swift, D., and Duane, D. (1973). “Water motion and 
water-sediment interaction,” Offshore Nuclear Power Siting 
Workshop, Report No. Wash-1280, 1-15. 


Inman, D. L., Winant, C. D., Guza, R. T., and Flick, R. E. (1981). 
“Fluid-sediment interactions on beaches and shelves,” Progress Report 
S10-REF-81-27, Scripps Institution of Oceanography, La Jolla, CA. 


Jackson, R. G. (1975). “Hierarchical attributes and a unifying model of 
bedforms composed of cohesionless material and produced by shearing 
flow,” Bulletin of the Geological Society of America 86, 1523-33. 


Jago, C. F., and Borusseau, J. P. (1981). “Sediment entrainment on a 
wave-graded shelf, Rousillon, France,” Marine Geology 42, 279-99. 


Johnson, J. W. (1977). “The supply and loss of sand to the coast.” 
Proceedings of the American Society of Civil Engineers. 85(WW3). 


Juhnke, L., Mitchell, T., and Piszker, M. J. (1989). “Construction and 
monitoring of nearshore disposal of dredged material at Silver Strand 
State Park, San Diego, California,” Proceedings of 22nd Annual 
Dredging Seminar. Texas A&M University, College Station. 24-35. 


Appendix B__ Bibliography with Respect to Topic 


B21 


Kachel, N. B., and Smith, J. D. (1989). “Sediment transport and 
deposition on the Washington continental shelf,” Coastal 
oceanography of Washington and Oregon. M.R. Landry and B.M 
Hickey, eds., Elsevier, Amsterdam, The Netherlands, 287-348. 


Kana, T. W. (1979). “Suspended sediment in breaking waves,” Technical 
Report TR-18-CRD, Army Research Office, Triangle Park, NC. 


Keen, T. R., and Slingerland, R. L. (1993). “Four storm-event beds and 
the tropical cyclones that produced them: A numericai hindcast,” 
Journal of Sedimentary Petrology, 63, 218-32. 


. “A numerical study of sediment transport and event bed 
genesis during Tropical Storm Delia,” Journal of Geophysical 
Research, in press. 


Komar, P. D., and Miller, M. C. (1973). “The threshold of sediment 
movement under oscillatory water waves,” Journal of Sedimentary 
Petrology 43, 1101-10. 


. (1974). “Sediment threshold under oscillatory waves,” 
Proceedings of the 14th Conference on Coastal Engineering. Am. Soc. 
Civil Engineers, 756-75. 


Kraus, N. C. (1992). “Engineering approaches to coastal sediment 
transport processes.” Proceedings of the Short Course on Design and 
Reliability of Coastal Structures, 23rd International Coastal 
Engineering Conference. Tecnoprint snc, Bologna, Italy, 175-209. 


Kraus, N. C., Farinato, R. S., and Horikawa, K. (1981). “Field 
experiments on the longshore sand transport rate — on-offshore 
distribution and time-dependent effects.” 27th Japanese Conference on 
Coastal Engineering 24, 236. 


Keulegan, G. H. (1948). “An experimental study of submarine sand 
bars,” Technical Report No. 3, Beach Erosion Board, Coastal 
Engineering Research Center, U.S. Army Engineer Waterways 
Experiment Station, Vicksburg, MS. 


Kumar, N., and Sanders, J. E. (1976). “Characteristics of shoreface 
storm deposits: Modern and ancient examples,” Journal of 
Sedimentary Petrology 46, 145-62. 


Kuo, C.-T., Hwang, C.-H., and Tseng, I-Chou. (1987). “Experimental 
study on on-offshore sediment transport of accretive beach.” 
Proceedings of the 20th Coastal Engineering Conference. American 
Society of Coastal Engineers, New York, 2, 1311-22. 


B22 ids 
Appendix B Bibliography with Respect to Topic 


Kuo, C.-T., Su, C.-F., and Liu, G.-Y. (1980). “An experimental study on 
onshore-offshore sand drift.” 27th Japanese Conference on Coastal 
Engineering 24, 235. 


Larsen, L. H., Sternberg, R. W., Shi, N. C., Madsen, M. H., and Thomas, 
L. (1981). “ Field investigations of the threshold of grain motions by 
ocean waves and currents,” Marine Geology 42, 237-50. 


Larsen, L. H. (1982). “A new mechanism for seaward dispersion of 
mid-shelf sediments.” Sedimentology 29, 279-84. 


Lavelle, J. W., Swift, D. J. P., Gadd, P. E., Stubblefield, W. L., Case, 
F. N., Brashear, H. R., and Haff, K. W. (1976). “Fair-weather and 
storm transport on the Long Island, New York, inner shelf,” 
Sedimentology 29, 323-842. 


Ludwick, J. C. (1977). “Jet-like coastal currents and bottom sediment 
transport off Virginia Beach, Virginia.” Transactions of the American 
Geophysical Union. 58, 508. 


Ludwick, J.C. (1978). “Coastal currents and an associated sand stream 
off Virginia Beach,” Journal of Geophysical Research 83 (C5), 
2365-72. 


Madsen, O. S., and Grant, W. D. (1976). “Sediment transport in the 
coastal environment,” Report 209, Ralph M. Parsons Laboratory, 
Department of Civil Engineering, Massachusetts Institute of 
Technology. 


Manohar, M. (1955). “Mechanics of bottom sediment movement due to 
wave action,” Beach Erosion Board Tech. Memo. No. 75, Coastal 
Engineering Research Center, U.S. Army Engineer Waterways 
Experiment Station, Vicksburg, MS, 121. 


McCave, I. N. (1972). “Transport and escape of fine-grained sediment 
from shelf areas.” “Shelf sediment transport: Process and pattern.” 
D. J. P. Swift, D. B. Duane, and O. H. Pilkey, eds., Dowden, 
Hutchinson, and Ross, Stroudsburg, PA, 225-48. 


McLellan, T. N., Pope, M. K., and Burke, C. E. (1990). “Benefits of 
nearshore placement.” Proceedings of the 3rd National Conference on 
Beach Preservation Technology. Florida Shore and Beach Preservation 
Association, Tallahassee, FL. 


McClennen, C. F. (1973). “New Jersey continental shelf near bottom 


current meter records and recent sediment activity,” Journal of 
Sedimentary Petrology 43, 371-80. 


B23 


Appendix B__ Bibliography with Respect to Topic 


Meisburger, E. P. (1989). “Possible interchange of sediments between a 
beach and offlying linear shoal,” Technical Report CERC-89-6, U.S. 
Army Engineer Waterways Experiment Station, Vicksburg, MS. 


Miller, M. C., McCave, I. N., and Komar, P. D. (1977). “Threshold of 
sediment motion under unidirectional currents,” Sedimentology 24, 
507-24. 


Morton, R. A. (1981). “Formation of storm deposits by wind-forced 
currents in the Gulf of Mexico and the North Sea,” International 
Association of Sedimentologists, 385-96. 


. (1988). “Nearshore responses to great storms,” Geological 
Society of America Special Paper No. 229, 7-22. 


Murray, S. P. (1966). “Effects of particle size and wave state on grain 
dispersion,” Technical Report TR-7, Fluid Dynamics and Sediment 
Transport Lab., Chicago University, Chicago, IIl. 


Niedorada, S. W., Swift, D. J. P., Hopkins, T. S., and Ma, C. (1984). 
“Shoreface morphodynamics on wave-dominated coasts,” Marine 
Geology 60(1-4), 331-54. 


Nielsen, P. (1983). “Entrainment and distribution of different sand sizes 
under water waves,” Journal of Sedimentary Petrology 53, 423-28. 


. (1984). “Field measurements of time-averaged suspended 
sediment concentrations under waves,” Coastal Eng. 8, 51-72. 


Oertel, G. F., and Howard, J. D. (1972). “Water circulation and 
sedimentation at estuary entrances on the Georgia coast.” Shelf 
sediment transport: Process and pattern. D. J. P. Swift, D. B. Duane, 
and O. H. Pilkey, eds., Dowden, Hutchinson & Ross, Stroudsburg, PA, 
411-27. 


Osborne, P. D., and Greenwood, B. “Sediment suspension under waves 
and currents: time scales and vertical structure,” Sedimentology 
(submitted). 


Osborne, R. H., and Cho, K. H. (1989). “Sedimentology of a composite 
inner-shelf sand body resulting from the resuspension of nearshore 
sediment by episodic, storm-generated currents.” Proceedings of 
Coastal Zone ’89. American Society of Civil Engineers, 4391-4405. 


Pearson, D. R., and Riggs, S. R. (1981). “Relationship of surface 
sediments on the lower forebeach and nearshore shelf to beach 
nourishment at Wrightsville Beach, North Carolina,” Shore and Beach 
49, 26-31. 


B24 
Appendix B Bibliography with Respect to Topic 


Pilkey, O. H. (1968). “Sedimentation processes on the Atlantic 
Southeastern United States continental shelf,” Maritime Sediments 4, 
49-51. 


Pilkey, O. H., and Field, M. E. (1972). “Onshore transportation of 
continental shelf sediment: Atlantic Southeastern United States,” Shelf 
Sediment Transport, D. J. P. Swift, D. B. Duane, O. H. Pilkey, eds., 
Dowd, Hutchinson and Ross, Stroudsburg, PA. 


Poyitt, A. D. (1982). “A preliminary study of morphodynamic aspects of 
the nearshore zone,” bachelor’s thesis, University of Sydney. 


Pruazak, Z. (1989). “On-offshore bed-load sediment transport in the 
coastal zone,” Coastal Engineering 13, 273-92. 


Reineck, H. E., and Enos, P. (1968). “Hurricane Betsy in the Florida- 
Bahama Area: Geological effects and comparison with Hurricane 
Donna,” Journal of Geology 76, 710-17. 


Richmond, B. M., and Sallenger, A. H., Jr. (1985). “Cross-shore 
transport of bimodal sands.” Proceedings of the 19th Coastal 
Engineering Conference. American Society of Coastal Engineers, New 
York 2, 1997-2008. 


Rodolfo, K. S., Buss, B. A., and Pilkey, O. H. (1971). “Suspended 
sediment increase due to Hurricane Gerda in continental shelf waters 
off Cape Lookout, North Carolina,” Journal of Sedimentary Petrology 
AED TE25" 


Roy, P. S., and Stephens, A. W. (1980). “Responses of sediment and 
morphology to nearshore processes Southeastern Australia.” 
International Conference on Coastal Engineering. American Society of 
Coastal Engineers, New York, 74-75. 


Sawaragi, T., and Deguchi, I. (1980a). “On-offshore sediment transport 
rate in the surf zone.” National Conference Publication-Institution of 
Engineers. American Society of Coastal Engineers, New York, 
256-57. 


. (1980b). “On-offshore sediment transport rate in the surf 
zone.” Coastal Engineering- 1980, 1194-1214. 


Schwartz, R. K. (1981). “Transport of sediment placed at different water 
depths in the nearshore zone - Currituck sand bypass study (Phase II),” 
unpublished report, U.S. Army Engineer Waterways Experiment 
Station, Vicksburg, MS. 


Schwartz, R. K., and Musialowski, F. R. (1977). “Nearshore disposal: 


Onshore sediment transport.” Proceedings of the Fifth Symposium on 
Coastal Sediments ’77. American Society of Civil Engineers, 85-101. 


Appendix B_ Bibliography with Respect to Topic 


B25 


” 


. (1978). “Nearshore disposal: Onshore sediment transport, 
Report No. CERC-REPRINT-78-6, Coastal Engineering Research 
Center, U.S. Army Engineer Waterways Experiment Station, 
Vicksburg, MS. 


. (1980). “Transport of dredged sediment placed in the 
nearshore zone - Ccurrituck sand-bypass study (Phase I),” Technical 
Paper No. 80-1, U.S. Army Engineer Waterways Experiment Station, 
Vicksburg, MS. 


Schweitzer, J. (1982). “Storm deposits of a modern barrier island 
shoreface and upper inner shelf, ” term paper, Field Research Facility, 
Coastal Engineering Research Center, U.S. Army Engineer Waterways 
Experiment Station, Vicksburg, MS. 


Seymour, R. J. (1986). “Results of cross-shore transport experiments,” 
Journal of Waterway, Port, Coastal & Ocean Engineering 112(1), 
168-73. 


Shepard, F. P. (1932). “Sediments of the continental shelves,” Bulletin of 
the Geological Society of America 43, 1017-40. 


. (1950). “Beach cycles in southern California,” Beach 
Erosion Board Technical Memorandum No. 20, Coastal Engineering 
Research Center, U.S. Army Engineer Waterways Experiment Station, 
Vicksburg, MS. 


Shepard, F. P., and Inman, D. L. (1951). “Sand movement on the shallow 
inter-canyon shelf at La Jolla, California,” Beach Erosion Board 
Technical Memorandum No. 26, Coastal Engineering Research Center, 
U.S. Army Engineer Waterways Experiment Station, Vicksburg, MS. 


Silvester, R. (1970). “Modelling of sediment motions offshore,” Journal 
of Hydraulic Research 8(2), 229-59. 


Smith, J. D. (1977). “Modeling of sediment transport on continental 
shelves,” The sea. Vol 6, E. D. Goldberg, ed., Wiley-Interscience, New 
York, 539-76. 


Smith, J. D., and Hopkins, T. S. (1972). “Sediment transport on the 
continental shelf off of Washington and Oregon in light of recent 
current measurements.” Shelf sediment transport: Process and 
pattern. D. J. P. Swift, D. B. Duane, and O. H. Pilkey, eds., Dowden, 
Hutchinson and Ross, Stroudsburg, PA. 


Snedden, J. W., Nummedal, D., and Amos, F. A. (1988). “Storm- and 
fair-weather combined flow on the central Texas continental shelf,” 
Journal of Sedimentary Petrology 58, 580-95. 


Appendix B Bibliography with Respect to Topic 


Southard, J. B., and Cacchione, D. A. (1972). “Experiments on bottom 
sediment movement by breaking internal waves.” Shelf sediment 
transport. D. J. P. Swift, D. B. Duane, and O. H. Pilkey, eds., 
Dowden, Hutchinson and Ross, Stroudsburg, PA. 


Stanley, D. J., Fenner, P., and Kelling, G. (1972). “Currents and 
sediment transport at the Wilmington canyon shelfbreak, as observed 
by underwater television.” Shelf sediment transport. D. J. P. Swift and 
O. Pilkey, eds., Dowden, Hutchinson and Ross, Stroudsburg, PA, 
601-19. 


Stauble, D. K. (1992). “Long-term profile and sediment 
morphodynamics: Field Research Facility case history,” Technical 
Report CERC-92-7, U.S. Army Engineer Waterways Experiment 
Station, Vicksburg, MS. 


Stauble, D. K., Garcia, A. W., Kraus, N. C., Grosskopf, W. G., and Bass, 
G. P. (1993). “ Beach nourishment project response and design 
evaluation: Ocean City, Maryland; Report 1, 1988-1992,” Technical 
Report CERC-93-13, U.S. Army Engineer Waterways Experiment 
Station, Vicksburg, MS. 


Sternberg, R. W. (1967). “Measurements of sediment movement and 
ripple migration in a shallow marine environment,” Marine Geology 5, 
195-205. 


. (1972). “Predicting initial motion and bedload transport of 
sediment particles in the shallow marine environment,” Shelf sediment 
transport. D. J. P. Swift, D. B. Duane, and O. H. Pilkey, eds., Dowd, 
Hutchinson and Ross, Stroudsburg, PA. 


Sternberg, R. W., and Larsen, L. H. (1976). “Frequency of sediment 
movement on the Washington continental shelf: A note,” Marine 
Geology 21, M37-M47. 


Sternberg, R. W., and McManus, D. A. (1972). “Implications of sediment 
dispersal from long-term bottom current measurements on the 
continental shelf of Washington.” Shelf sediment transport. D.J. P. 
Swift, D. B. Duane, and O. H. Pilkey, eds., Dowd, Hutchinson and 
Ross, Stroudsburg, PA. 


Sternberg, R. W., Creager, J. S., Glassley, W., and Johnson, J. (1977). 
“Investigation of the hydraulic regime and physical nature of bottom 
sedimentation: Appendix A,” Technical Report D-77-30, U.S. Army 
Engineer Waterways Experiment Station, Vicksburg, MS. 


Stive, M. J. F., and Batties, J. A. (1984). “Model for offshore sediment 


transport.” 19th International Conference on Coast Engineering, 
Houston, TX, 22. 


Appendix B Bibliography with Respect to Topic 


B27 


Stubblefield, W. L., Permenter, R. W., and Swift, D. J. P. (1977). “Time 
and space variation in the surficial sediments of the New York Bight 
apex.” Estuarine and Coastal Marine Science. 597-607. 


Swart, D. H. (1974). “A schematization of onshore-offshore transport,” 
Report No. PUBL-134, Delft Hydraulics Lab., The Netherlands. 


. (1974). “A schematization of onshore-offshore transport,” 
Proceedings of the 14th International Conference on Coastal 
Engineering. American Society of Civil Engineers, 884-900. 


Swift, D. J. P. (1972). “Implications of sediment dispersal from bottom 
current measurements; some specific problems in understanding 
bottom sediment distribution and dispersal on the continental shelf - A 
discussion of two papers,” Shelf sediment transport. D. J. P. Swift, 

D. B. Duane, and O. H. Pilkey, eds., Dowd, Hutchinson and Ross, 
Stroudsburg, PA. 


. (1975). “Response of the shelf floor to flow,” Shelf sands 
and sandstone reservoirs: SEPM short course No. 13, R. D. Tillman, 
D. J. P. Swift, and R. G. Walker, eds., 135-240. 


. (1976). “Coastal sedimentation.” Marine sediment 
transport and environmental management. D. J. Stanley and D. J. P. 
Swift, eds., John Wiley and Sons, New York, 255-350. 


Swift, D. J. P., and Niedoroda, A. W. (1985). “Fluid and sediment 
dynamics on continental shelves.” Shelf sands and sandstone 
reservoirs: SEPM short course No. 13, R. D. Tillman, D. J. P. Swift, 
and R. G. Walker, eds., 47-132. 


Swift, D. J. P., Ludwick, J. C., and Boehmer, W. R. (1972). “Shelf 
sediment transport: A probability model.” Shelf sediment transport. 
D. J. P. Swift, D. B. Duane, and O. H. Pilkey, eds., Dowd, Hutchinson 
and Ross, Stroudsburg, PA. 


Swift, D. J. P., Young, R. A., Clarke, T., Vincent, C. E., Niedoroda, A., 
and Lesht, B. (1981). “Sediment transportation in the middle Atlantic 
Bight of North America: Synopsis of recent observations.” Holocene 
marine sedimentation in the north sea basin. International Association 
of Sedimentologists Special Publication No. 5, 361-63. 


Tillman, R. W. (1985). “A spectrum of shelf sands and sandstones,” 
SEPM short course notes No.13 - shelf sands and sandstone reservoirs. 
R. W. Tillman, D. J. P. Swift, and R. G. Walker, eds., 1-45. 


Trowbridge, J. (1989). “Sand transport by unbroken water waves under 
sheet flow conditions,” Journal of Geophysical Research 94 (10) 
971-91. 


B28 
Appendix B Bibliography with Respect to Topic 


Tubman, M. W., and Suhayda, J. N. (1976). “Wave action and bottom 
movements in fine sediments,” Proc. 15th Coastal Engin. Conference 
ASCE, Honolulu, 1168-83. 


Twichell, D. C. (1983). “Bedform distribution and inferred sand 
transport on Georges Bank, United States Atlantic continental shelf,” 
Sedimentology 30, 695-710. 


U.S. Department of Commerce (1984). “Nearshore sediment transport 
study, Torrey Pines experiment,” Tech Note NTN84-00017, 
Department of Commerce, Washington, DC. 


Vernon, J. W. (1965). “Shelf sediment transport system,” Final Report 
USC-GEOL-65-2, University of Southern California, Los Angeles, 
Dept. of Geology. 


Vincent, C. E., Swift, D. J. P., and Hillard, B. (1981). “Sediment 
transport in the New York Bight, North American Atlantic shelf,” 
Marine Geology 42, 369-98. 


Vincent, C. E., Young, R. A., and Swift, D. J. (1982). “On the relationship 
between bedload and suspended sand transport on the inner shelf, Long 
Island, New York,” Journal of Geophysical Research 87, 4163-70. 


. (1983). “Sediment transport on the Long Island shoreface, 
North American Atlantic shelf: Role of waves and currents in 
shoreface maintenance,” Continental Shelf Research 2, 163-81. 


Walker, R. G. (1984). “Shelf and shallow marine sands.” Facies models. 
R. G. Walker, ed., Geological Association of Canada, Toronto, 141-70. 


Wells, J. T., Park, Y. A., and Choi, J. H. (1985). “Storm-induced fine 
sediment transport, west coast of South Korea,” Geo Marine Letters 4, 
177-80. 


Wiberg, P. L., and Smith, J. D. (1987). “Calculations of the critical shear 
stress for motion of uniform and heterogeneous sediments,” Water 
Resources Research 23, 1471-80. 


Windon, H. L., and Gross, T. F. (1989). “Flux of particulate aluminum 
across the southeastern U.S. continental shelf,” Estuarine Coastal Shelf 
Science 28(6), 327-38. 


Winkelmolen, A. M., and Veenstra, H. J. (1980). “The effect of a storm 
surge on near-shore sediments in the Ameland-Shiermonnikoog area 
(N. Netherlands),” Geologie en Mijnbovw 59(2), 97-111. 


Williams, S. J., and Meisburger, E. P. (1987). “Sand sources for the 
transgressive barrier coast of Long Island, New York: Evidence for 
landward transport of shelf sediments,” Proceedings of Coastal 


Appendix B Bibliography with Respect to Topic B29 


Sediments ’87. American Society of Civil Engineers, New York, 
1517-32. 


Wright, L. D. (1987). “Shelf-surfzone coupling: Diabathic shoreface 
transport.” Coastal Sediments ’87. American Society of Civil 
Engineers, 85-101. 


Wright, L. D., Boon, J. D., Kim, S. C., and List, J. H. (1991). “Modes of 
cross-shore sediment transport on the shoreface of the Middle Atlantic 
Bight,” Marine Geology 96, 19-51. 


Shelf Coastal Processes References 


Purpose 


A reference list addressing coastal processes and associated currents 
which affect cross-shore transport of sediment on the inner shelf. 


Bagnold, R. A. (1946). “Motion of waves in shallow water, interaction 
between waves and sand bottom.” Proceedings of the Royal Society. 
Series A, Vol 187. 


Bakker, W. T., and van Doorn, P. B. (1978). “Near-bottom velocities in 
waves with a current.” Proceedings, 16th Coastal Engineering 
Conference, Hambur., American Society of Civil Engineers, 1394-1413. 


Berryhill, H. L., Jr., Shidler, G. L., Holmes, C. W., Hill, G. W., Barnes, 
S. S., and Martin, R. G. (1976). “Environmental studies, south Texas 
outer continental shelf.” Geology 2. (Available only from U.S. 
Department of Commerce, National Technical Information Service, 
Springfield, VA, Report PB-251-351, page 273). 


Bumpus, D. F. (1965). “Residual drift along the bottom on the 
continental shelf in the Middle Atlantic Bight area.” Limnology and 
Oceanography, Supplement 10. R50-R53. 


Butman, B. N. M., and Folger, D. W. (1979). “Longterm observations of 
bottom current and bottom sediment movement on the mid-Atlantic 
continental shelf,” Journal of Geophysical Research 84, 1187-1205. 


Beardsley, R. C., and Butman, B. (1974). “Circulation on the New 
England continental shelf: Response to strong winter storms,” 
Geophysical Research Letters 1, 181-84. 


Cacchione, D. A., and Drake, D. E. (1982). “Measurements of storm- 
generated bottom stresses on the continental shelf,” Journal of 
Geophysical Research 87, 1952-60. 


B30 = ; : 
Appendix B Bibliography with Respect to Topic 


Cacchione, D. A., Grant, W. D., Drake, D. E., and Glenn, S. M. (1987). 
“Storm-dominated bottom boundary layer dynamics on the northern 
California continental shelf: Measurements and predictions,” Journal 
of Geophysical Research 92, 1817-27. 


Chaung, W. S., Wang, D. P., and Boicourt, W. C. (1979). “Low 
frequency current variability on the southern Mid-Atlantic Bight,” 
Journal of Physical Oceanography 9, 1144-54. 


Clark, T. L., Lesht, B., Young, R. A., Swift, D. J. P., and Freeland, G. L. 
(1982). “Sediment resuspension by surface wave action: An 
examination of possible mechanisms,” Marine Geology 49, 43-59. 


Curtin, T. (1979). “Oceanographic observations in North Carolina 
coastal waters.” Ocean outfall wastewater disposal feasibility and 
planning. Report No. 5, Institute for Coastal and Marine Sciences, 
East Carolina University, 71-89. 


Davidson-Arnott, R. G. D., and McDonald, R. A. (1989). “Nearshore 
water motion and mean flows in a multiple parallel bar system,” 
Marine Geology 86, 321-38. 


Davidson-Arnott, R. G. D., and Randall, D.C. (1984). “Spatial and 
temporal variations in spectra of storm waves across a barred 
nearshore,” Marine Geology 60, 15-30. 


Dingler, J. R. (1979). “The threshold of grain motion under oscillatory 
flow in a laboratory wave channel,” Journal of Sedimentary Petrology 
49, 287-94. 


Einstein, H. A., and Chien, N. (1955). “The viscous sublayer along a 
smooth boundary.” ASCE Trans. 123, 293-317. 


Ewing, J. A. (1973). “Wave-induced bottom currents on the outer shelf,” 
Marine Geology 15, M31-M35. 


Forristall, G. Z. (1974). “Three-dimensional structure of storm-generated 
currents,” Journal of Geophysical Research 79, 2721-29. 


Forristall, G. Z., and Reece, A. M. (1985). “Measurements of wave 
attenuation due to a soft bottom: the SWAMP experiment,” Journal of 
Geophysical Research 90(C2), 3367-80 


Forristall, G. Z., Hamilton, R. C., and Cardone, V. J. (1977). 
“Continental shelf currents in Tropical Storm Delia: Observations and 
theory,” Journal of Physical Oceanography 7, 532-34. 


Appendix B Bibliography with Respect to Topic Bai 


Goldsmith, V. (1976). “Continental shelf wave climate models: a critical 
link between shelf hydraulics and shoreline processes.” Beach and 
Nearshore Sedimentation, Nearshore Process - Physical and 
Biological. R..A. Davis, ed., SEPM Spec. Pub. No. 23, 39-60. 


Gordon, R.L. (1982). “Coastal ocean current response to storm winds,” 
Journal of Geophysical Research 87, 1939-51. 


Grant, W.D., and Madsen, O.S. (1979). “Combined wave and current 
interaction with a rough bottom,” Journal of Geophysical 
Research 84(C4), 1797-1808. 


. (1986). “The continental shelf bottom boundary layer,” 
Annual Review Fluid Mechanics 18, 265-305. 


Green, M.O., and Boon, J.D. “Response characteristics of a short-range, 
high resolution, digital sonar altimeter,” Marine Geology, in press. 


Greenwood, B., and Osborne, P.D. (1990). “Vertical and horizontal 
structure in cross-shore flows: An example of undertow and wave 
set-up on a barred beach,” Coastal Engineering 14, 543-80. 


Greenwood, B., and Sherman, D.J. (1984). “Waves, currents, sediment 
flux and morphological response in a barred nearshore system,” Marine 
Geology 60, 31-61. 


Gross, M.G., Morse, B.A., and Barnes, C.A. (1969). “Movement of near 
bottom waters on the continental shelf off of the northwestern United 
States,” Journal of Geophysical Research 74, 7044-47. 


Guza, R.T., and Thornton, E.B. (1985a). “Observations of surf beat,” 
Journal of Geophysical Research 90, 3161-72. 


. (1985). “Velocity moments in the nearshore,” American 
Society of Civil Engineers Journal of Waterways, Port, and Coastal 
Ocean Engineering 111, 235-56. 


Halpern, D. (1976). “Structure of a coastal upwelling event observed off 
Oregon during July, 1973,” Deep Sea Research 23, 495-508. 


Hattori, M., and Kawamata, R. (1980). “Onshore-offshore transport and 
beach profile change.” Proceedings of the 17th Coastal Engineering 
Conference. American Society of Civil Engineers, New York, 1175- 93. 


Hazen, D.G., Greenwood, B., and Bowen, A.J. (1991). “Nearshore 
current patterns on barred beaches.” Proc. 22nd Coastal Eng. Conf. 
(Delft, The Netherlands). American Society Civil Engineers, 2061-72. 


B32 sf 
Appendix B Bibliography with Respect to Topic 


Jensen, J.K., and Sorensen, T. (1973). “Measurements of sediment 
suspension in combinations of waves and currents.” Proceedings of 
the 13th Conference of Coastal Engineering. 1097-1104. 


Karl, H.A. (1976). “Processes influencing transportation and deposition of 
sediments on the continental shelf, southern California, Los Angeles, 
unpublished Ph.D. diss., University of California. 


Karl, H.A., Carlson, P.R., and Cacchione, D.A. (1983). “Factors that 
influence sediment transport at the shelfbreak.” The shelfbreak: 
Critical interface on continental margins. D.J. Stanley and G.T. 
Moore, eds., Society of Economic Paleontologists and Mineralogists, 
Special Publication 33, 219-31. 


Komar, P.D. (1976a). “Boundary layer flow under steady unidirectional 
currents.” Marine sediment transport and environmental management. 
D.J. Stanley and D.J.P Swift, eds., John Wiley and Sons, New York. 


____. (1976). “The transport of cohesionless sediments on 
continental shelves.” Marine sediment transport and environmental 
management. D.J. Stanley and D.J.P Swift, eds., John Wiley and Sons, 
New York. 


Korgen, B.J., Bodvarsson, G., and Kulm, L.D. (1970). “Current speeds 
near the ocean floor west of Oregon,” Deep Sea Research 17, 353-57. 


Larsen, L.H. (1982). “A new mechanism for seaward dispersion of 
midshelf sediments,” Sedimentology 29, 279-84. 


Lavelle, J.W., Young, R.A., Swift, D.J.P., and Clarke, T.L. (1978). 
“Near-bottom sediment concentration and fluid velocity measurements 
on the inner continental shelf, New York,” Journal of Geophysical 
Research 83, 6052-62. 


Leetmaa, A. (1976). “Some simple mechanisms for steady shelf 
circulation,” Marine sediment transport and environmental 
management. D.J. Stanley, and D.J.P. Swift, eds., Wiley, New York, 
23-28. 


Longuet-Higgins, M.S., and Stewart, R.W. (1964). “Radiation stresses in 
water waves: A physical discussion with applications,” Deep Sea 
Research 11, 529-62. 


Madsen, O.S., and Grant, W.D. (1975). “The threshold of sediment 
movement under oscillatory waves, a discussion,” J. Sediment. Petrol. 
45, 360-61. 


Madsen, O.S., Wright, L.D., Boon, J.D., and Chisholm, T.A. “Wind 
stress, bed roughness, and sediment suspension on the inner shelf 
during an extreme storm event,” Continental Shelf Research, in press. 


Appendix B___Bibliography with Respect to Topic 


B33 


MacDonald, T.C. (1977). “Sediment suspension and turbulence in an 
oscillating flume,” Technical Paper CERC-TP-77-4, University of 
California, Berkeley, Hydraulic Engineering Lab. 


Mason, C., Sallenger, A.H., Holman, R.A., and Birkemeier, W.A. (1984). 
“Duck’82 -a coastal storm processes experiment.” Proceedings of 19th 
Coastal Engineering Conference. American Society of Coastal 
Engineers, New York, 2, 1913-28. 


Murray, S.P. (1970). “Bottom currents near the coast during Hurricane 
Camille,” Journal of Geophysical Research 75, 4579-82. 


Neshyba, S. (1987). Oceanography: Perspectives on a fluid earth. John 
Wiley and Sons, New York. 


Niedoroda, A.W., and Swift, D.J.P. (1981). “Maintenance of the 
shoreface by wave orbital currents and mean flow: Observations from 
the Long Island coast,” Geophysical Research Letters 8(4), 337-40. 


Osborne, P.D., and Greenwood, B.(1992a). “Frequency dependent 
cross-shore suspended sediment transport; 1, A non-barred shoreface,”’ 
Marine Geology 106, 1-24. 


i BS . (1992b). “Frequency dependent cross-shore suspended 
sediment transport; 1, A barred shoreface,” Marine Geology 106, 25-51. 


Pawka, S.S., Inman, D.L., Lowe, R.L., and Holmes, L.C. (1976). “Wave 
climate at Torrey Pines Beach, California,” Beach Erosion Board 
Technical Paper 76-5, Coastal Engineering Research Center, U.S. 
Army Engineer Waterways Experiment Station, Vicksburg, MS. 


Quick, M.C. (1991). “Onshore-offshore sediment transport on beaches,” 
Coastal Engineering 15, 313-32. 


Schubel, J.R., and Okubo, A. (1972). “Some comments on the dispersal 
of suspended sediment across continental shelves,” Shelf sediment 
transport, process and pattern. D.J.P. Swift, D.B. Duane, and O.H. 
Pilkey, eds., Dowden, Hutchenson, and Ross, Stroudsburg, PA. 


Schwing, F.B., Kjerfve, B.J., and Sneed, J.E. (1983). “Nearshore coastal 
currents on the South Carolina continental shelf,” Journal of 
Geophysical Research 88, 4719-28. 


Seymour, R.J. (1983). ““Cross-shore transport.” Handbook of coastal 
processes and erosion. P.D. Komar, ed., CRC Press, Boca Raton, FL. 


2s Ae bala . (1986). “Results of cross-shore transport experiments,” 
Journal of Waterway, Port, Coastal and Ocean Engineering, American 
Society of Civil Engineers 112(1), 168-73. 


B34 Appendix B Bibliography with Respect to Topic 


Shepard, F.P., and Inman, D.L. (1950). ““Nearshore water circulation 
related to bottom topography and wave refraction.” EOS - Transactions 
of the American Geophysical Union 31, 196-212. 


Shi, N.C., and Larsen, L.H. (1984). “Reverse sediment transport induced 
by amplitude modulated waves,” Marine Geology 54, 181-200. 


Smith, J.D., and Hopkins, T.S. (1972). “Sediment transport on the 
continental shelf off of Washington and Oregon in light of recent 
current measurements.” Shelf sediment transport. D.J.P. Swift, D.B. 
Duane, and O.H. Pilkey, eds., Dowd, Hutchinson and Ross, 
Stroudsburg, PA. 


Smith, N.P. (1977). “Near-bottom cross-shelf currents in the 
northwestern Gulf of Mexico: A response to wind-forcing,” Journal of 
Physical Oceanography 7, 615-20. 


Snedden, J.W., Nummedal, D., and Amos, A.F. (1988). “Storm- and 
fair-weather combined flow on the central Texas continental shelf,” 
Journal of Sedimentary Petrology 58, 580-95. 


Stefansson, U., Atkinson, L.P., and Bumpus, D.F. (1971). “Hydrographic 
properties and circulation of the North Carolina shelf and slope 
waters,” Deep Sea Research 18, 383-420. 


Sternberg, R.W. (1972). “Predicting initial motion and bedload transport 
of sediment particles in the shallow-marine environment.” Shelf 
sediment transport. D.J.P. Swift, D.B. Duane, and O.H. Pilkey, eds., 
Dowd, Hutchinson and Ross, Stroudsburg, PA. 


Stive, M.J.F., and Wind, H.G. (1986). “‘Cross-shore mean flow in the surf 
zone,” Coastal Engineering 10, 325-40. 


Swift, D.J.P. “Fluid and sediment dynamics on continental shelves,” 
Shelf sands and sand-stone reservoirs, Society of Economic 
Paleontologists and Mineralogists, R.W. Tillman, ed., SEPM Short 
Course No. 13. 


Swift, D.J.P., and Niedoroda, A. (1985). “Fluid and sediment dynamics 
on continental shelves.” Shelf Sands and Sandstone Reservoirs, Society 
of Economic Paleontologists and Mineralogists, R..W. Tillman, et.al., 
eds., SEPM Short Course No. 13," 47-134. 


Swift, D.J.P., Han, G., and Vincent, C.E. (1986). “Fluid processes and 
sea-floor response on a modern storm-dominated shelf: Middle 
Atlantic shelf of North America; Part 1, The storm-current regime.” 
Shelf Sands and Sandstones. R.J . Knight and J.R. McLean, eds., 
Canadian Society of Petroleum Geologists Memoir 11, 99-120. 


se ; B35 
Appendix B_ Bibliography with Respect to Topic 


Tanaka, H., and Shuto, N. (1987). “Velocity measurements of 
wave-current combined motion over an asymmetric rippled bed.” 
Coastal Sediments ’87. American Society of Civil Engineers, 379-92. 


Vincent, C.E. (1986). “Processes affecting sand transport on a 
storm-dominated shelf.” Shelf sands and sandstones. R.J. Knight and 
J.R. Mclean, eds., Canadian Society of Petroleum Geologists Memoir 
P11 21-32% 


Vincent, C.E., Hanes, D.M., and Bowen, A.J. (1991). “Acoustic 
measurements of suspended sand on the shoreface and the control of 
concentration by bed roughness,” Marine Geology 96, 1-18. 


Weggel, J.R. (1972). “An introduction to oceanic water motions and their 
relation to sediment transport.” Shelf sediment transport. D.J.P. Swift, 
D.B. Duane, and O.H. Pilkey, eds., Dowd, Hutchinson and Ross, 
Stroudsburg, PA, 1-20. 


Wells, J.T., and James, M.C. (1981). “Physical processes and 
fine-grained sediment dynamics, coast of Surinam, South America,” 
Journal of sedimentary petrology 51, 1053. 


Wiberg, P., and Smith, J.D. (1983). “A comparison of field data and 
theoretical models for wave-current interactions at the bed on the 
continental shelf,” Continental Shelf Research 2(2/3), 147-62. 


Wright, L.D., Boon, J.D., Green, M.O., and List, J.H. (1986). “Response 


of the mid shoreface of the southern Mid-Atlantic Bight to a 
northeaster,” Geomarine Letters 6, 153-60. 


Equilibrium Profile/Profile Adjustment 
References 


Purpose 
A reference list addressing the concept of the profile of equilibrium. 


Bascomb, W.H. (1951). “Relationship between sand size and beach face 
slope.” Transactions of the American Geophysical Union. 32. 


Birkemeier, W.A. (1991). “Development and application of cross-shore 
sediment transport and beach profile change models.” Coastal 
Sediments ’91. Pre-Conference Workshop Notes. 


B36 
Appendix B__ Bibliography with Respect to Topic 


Birkemeier, W.A., Bichner, E.W., Scarborough, B.L., McConathy, M.A., 
and Eiser, W.C. (1991). “Nearshore profile response caused by 


Hurricane Hugo,” Journal of Coastal Research Special Issue No. 8, 
113-27. 


Beach Erosion Board. (1947). “Laboratory study of equilibrium beach 
profiles,” Beach Erosion Board Bulletin Vol 1, No. 1, U.S. Army 
Engineer Waterways Experiment Station, Vicksburg, MS. 


Boon, J.D., and Green, M.O. (1989). “Caribbean beach face slopes and 
beach equilibrium modes.” Proceedings of the 21st International 
Coastal Engineering Conference. 1618-30. 


Bruun, P. (1953). “Forms of equilibrium of coasts with a littoral drift,” 
University of California Institute of Engineering Research, Technical 
Report Series 3, Issue 347. 


Pas es . (1954). “Coast erosion and development of beach profiles,” 
CERC Technical Memorandum No. 44, U.S. Army Engineer 
Waterways Experiment Station, Vicksburg, MS. 


Su Vesa . (1962). “Sea-level rise as a cause of shore erosion,” 
Proceedings of the American Society of Civil Engineers, Journal of the 
Waterways and Harbors Division 8 (WWI), 117-30. 


Bruun, P., and Schwartz, M. (1985). “Analytical predictions of beach 


profile change in response to a sea level rise,” Zeit Geomorphologie 
NEF SS, 33-50: 


Capobianco, M., DeVriend, H.J., Nicholls, R.J., Stive, M.J.F. (1993). 
“Behavior-oriented models applied to long term profile evolution.” 
Large Scale Coastal Behavior ’93. U.S. Geological Survey Open File 
Report 93-381, 21-24. 


Collins, J.1., and Chesnutt, C.B. “Tests on the equilibrium profiles of 
model beaches and the effects of grain and size distribution.” 
Symposium on modeling techniques. American Society of Civil 
Engineers 11, 907-26. 


Dally, W.R., and Dean, R.G. (1984). “Suspended sediment transport and 
beach profile evolution,” Journal of Waterway, Port, Coastal and 
Ocean Engineering 110, 15-33. 


Dalrymple, R.A., and Thompson, W.W. (1976). “ Study of equilibrium 
beach profiles.” Proceedings of the 15th Coastal Engineering 
Conference. 1277-96. 


Dean, R.G. (1973). “Heuristic models of sand transport in the surf zone.” 
Proceedings, 1st Australian Conference Coastal Engineering. Sydney, 
208-14. 


B37 
Appendix B_ Bibliography with Respect to Topic 


Dean, R.G. (1977). “Equilibrium beach profiles: U.S. Atlantic and Gulf 
Coasts,” Department of Civil Engineering Technical Report No. 12, 
University of Delaware, Newark. 


>is Saas To ee . (1983). “Principles of beach nourishment.” Handbook of 
coastal processes and erosion. P. Komar (ed). CRC Press, Boca 
Raton, FL, 217-31. 


sifted aries Bu . (1987). “Coastal sediment processes: Toward engineering 
solutions.” Proceedings of the specialty conference on coastal 
sediments ’87, American Society of Civil Engineers, 1-24. 


aerate We. oY . (1991). “Equilibrium beach profiles: Characteristics and 
applications,” Journal of Coastal Research 7, 53-84. 


Dean, R.G., and Maurmeyer, E.M. (1983). “Models for beach profile 
response.” Handbook of coastal processes and erosion. P.D. Komar, 
ed., CRC Press, Boca Raton, FL, 151-66. 


Dietz, R.S. (1963). “Wave base, marine profile of equilibrium and 
wave-built terraces - a critical appraisal,” Bulletin of the Geological 
Society of America 74, 971-90. 


Dubois, R.N. (1975). “Support and refinement of the Bruun rule on beach 
erosion,” Journal of Geology 83, 651. 


CO VO . (1976). “Nearshore evidence in support of the Bruun rule on 
shore erosion,” Journal of Geology 84, 485. 


Pomeaieee syst . (1977). “Predicting beach erosion as a function of rising sea 
level,” Journal of Geology 77, 470. 


Eagleson, P.S., Glenne, B., and Dracup, J.A. (1961). “Equilibrium 
characteristics of sand beaches in the offshore zone,” Beach Erosion 
Board Tech. Memo. No. 126, U.S. Army Engineer Waterways 
Experiment Station, Coastal Engineering Research Center, Vicksurg, 
MS, 1-66. 


Pie a ae ae . (1963). “Equilibrium characteristics of sand beaches,” 
Journal of Hydraulics Division, American Society of Civil Engineers 
89 (HY 1), 35-57. 


Edelman, T. (1968). “Dune erosion during storm conditions,” Proceedings 
of the 11th International Conference on Coastal Engineering. 
American Society of Civil Engineers, New York, 719. 


Ne Seon ea . (1970). “Dune erosion during storm conditions,” 
Proceedings of the 12th International Conference on Coastal 
Engineering. American Society of Civil Engineers, New York, 1305. 


B38 Appendix B Bibliography with Respect to Topic 


Fenneman, M.M. (1902) “Development of the profile of equilibrium of the 
subaqueous shore terrace,” Journal of Geology X. 


Greenwood, B., and Mittler, P.R. (1984). “Sediment flux and equilibrium 
slopes in a barred nearshore,” Marine Geology 60, 79-98. 


Greenwood B., and Osborne, P.D. (1991). “Equilibrium slopes and 
cross-shore velocity asymmetries in a storm-dominated, barred 
nearshore system,” Marine Geology 96(3-4), 211-35. 


Hands, E. B. (1979). “Changes in rates of shore retreat, Lake Michigan, 
1967-76,” Technical Paper No. 79-4, Coastal Engineering Research 
Center, U.S. Army Engineer Waterways Experiment Station, 
Vicksburg, MS. 


mess | . (1980). “Prediction of shore retreat and nearshore profile 
adjustments to rising water levels on the Great Lakes,” Technical Paper 
No. 80-7, Coastal Engineering Research Center, U.S. Army Engineer 
Waterways Experiment Station, Vicksburg, MS. 


Lif AGROB . (1981). “Predicting adjustments in shore and offshore sand 
profiles on the Great Lakes,” Coastal Engineering Technical Aid No. 
81-4, Coastal Engineering Research Center, U.S. Army Engineer 
Waterways Experiment Station, Vicksburg, MS. 


Seti a LAIN Dt . (1983). “The Great Lakes as a test model for profile 
responses to sea level changes.” Handbook of coastal processes and 
erosion. P.D. Komar ed., CRC Press, Boca raton, FL, 167-90. 


Sree | arte . (1984). “The Great Lakes as a test model for profile 
response to sea level changes,” Miscellaneous Paper CERC-84-14, 
U.S. Army Engineer Waterways Experiment Station, Vicksburg, MS. 


Hallermeier, R.J. (1981) “A profile zonation for seasonal sand beaches 
from wave climate,” Coastal Engineering 4, 253-77. 


Hayden, B., Felder, W., Fisher, J., Resio, D., Vincent, L., and Dolan, R. 
(1975). “Systematic variations in inshore bathymetry,” Technical 
Report No. 10, Department of Environmental Sciences, University of 
Virginia, Charlottesville, VA. 


Inman, D.L., Elwany, M.H., and Jenkins, S.A. (1993). “Shorerise and 
bar-berm profiles on ocean beaches,” Journal of Geophysical 
Research 98(C10), 18181-99. 


Jaffe, B.E., Sternberg, R.W., and Sallenger, A.H. (1985). “Role of 
suspended sediment in shore-normal beach profile changes.” 
Proceedings of 19th Coastal Engineering Conference. American 
Society of Coastal Engineers, New York, 2, 1983-96. 


; B39 
Appendix B_ Bibliography with Respect to Topic 


Keulegan, G.H., and Krumbein, W.C. (1949). “Stable configuration of 
bottom slope in shallow water and its bearing on geological processes.” 
Transactions of the American Geophysical Union. 30, No. 6. 


Kriebel, D.L., Kraus, N.C., and Larson, M. (1991). “Engineering methods 
for predicting beach profile response.” Coastal Sediments ’91. 
American Society of Civil Engineers, 557-71. 


Larson, M. (1991). “Equilibrium profile of a beach with varying grain 
size.” Coastal Sediments ’91. American Society of Civil Engineers, 
New York, 905-19. 


Larson, M. and Kraus, N.C. (1989). “SBEACH: Numerical model for 
simulating storm-induced beach change,” Technical Report 
CERC-89-9, U.S. Army Engineer Waterways Experiment Station, 
Vicksburg, MS. 


Leont’ev, I.O. (1985). “Sediment transport and beach equilibrium 
profile,” Coastal Engineering 9(3), 277-91. 


Maurmeyer, E.M., and Dean, R.G. (1982). “Sea level rise and barrier 
island migration: An extension of the Bruun rule to account for 
landward sediment transport.” Geological Society of America 
Northeastern-Southeastern Section Meeting. Washington, D.C. 


Moore, B. (1982). “Beach profile evolution in response to changes in 
water level and wave height,” M.S. thesis, University of Delaware, 
Newark. 


Moore, D.G., and Curray, J.R. (1964). ““Wave-base, marine profile of 
equilibrium, and wave-built terraces: Discussion,” Bulletin of the 
Geological Society of America 75, 1267-74. 


Nairn, R.B., and Southgate, H.N. (1993). “Deterministic profile modelling 
of nearshore processes; Part 1, Sediment transport and beach profile 
development,” Coastal Engineering 19, 57-96. 


Niedoroda, A.W., Reed, C.W., and Swift, D.J.P. (1993). “ Modeling 
shore-normal large-scale coastal evolution,” Large Scale Coastal 
Behavior ’93, U.S.G.S. Open File Report 93-381, 141-44. 


Pae, Wi-Gwang, and Iwagaki, Yuichi. (1985). “Mechanism of beach 
profile deformation due to on-offshore sand drift.” Proceedings of the 
19th Coastal Engineering Conference. American Society of Coastal 
Engineers, New York, 2, 2124-39. 


Pilkey, O.H. (1993). “Can we predict the behavior of sand: In a time and 
volume framework of use to mankind?” Journal of Coastal Research 9, 
iii-iv. 


B40 Appendix B_ Bibliography with Respect to Topic 


Pilkey, O. H., Young, R. S., Riggs, S. R., Smith, A. W. S., Wu, H., and 
Pilkey, W. D. (1993). “The concept of shoreface profile of 
equilibrium: A critical review,” Journal of Coastal Research 9, 
255-70. 


Plant, N.G., and Holman, R.A. (1993). “Theoretical stability of 
equilibrium beach profiles,” Large Scale Coastal Behavior ’93, 
U.S.G.S. Open File Report 93-381, 163-64. 


Rector, R.L. (1954). “Laboratory study of the equilibrium profiles of 
beaches,” Technical Memorandum No. 44, Coastal Engineering 
Research Center, U.S. Army Engineer Waterways Experiment Station, 
Vicksburg, MS. 


Rosen, P.S. (1978a). “A regional test of the Bruun rule of shoreline 
erosion,” Marine Geology, 26(M7). 


ee _____. (1978b). “Predicting beach erosion as a function of rising 
water level: Discussion,” Journal of Geology 86, 763. 


Schwartz, M.L. (1965). “Laboratory study of sea-level rise as a cause of 
shoreline erosion, Journal of Geology 73, 528. 


Aiea vie AG . (1967). “The Bruun theory of sea-level rise as a cause of 
shoreline erosion, Journal of Geology 75, 76. 


Southgate, H.N., and Nairn, R.B. (1993). “Deterministic profile modelling 
of nearshore processes; Part I, Waves and Currents,” Coastal 
Engineering 19, 27-56. 


Stive, M.J.F., and DeVriend, H.J. (1993) “Shoreface profile evolution 
on the time scale of sea-level rise,” Large Scale Coastal Behavior ’93, 
U.S.G.S. Open File Report 93-381, 189-92. 


Stockberger, A.C., and Woods, B.D. (1990). “Applications of equilibrium 
beach concepts to sandy Great Lakes shores,” Proceedings of the 22nd 
Coastal Engineering Conference. American Society of Civil Engineers, 
2291-2303. 


Swart, D.H. (1974). “Offshore sediment transport and equilibrium beach 
profiles,” Report No. PUBL-131, Delft Hydraulics Lab., The 
Netherlands. 


Tanner, W.F. “The equilibrium beach.” Eos: Transactions of the 
American Geophysical Union. 39(5), 889-91. 


Wijnberg, K.M., and Terwindt, J. H.J. (1993) “The analysis of coastal 
profiles for large-scale coastal behavior, ” Large Scale Coastal 
Behavior ’93, U.S.G.S. Open File Report 93-381, 224-27. 


Appendix B Bibliography with Respect to Topic 


B41 


Wright, L.D., May, S.K., Short, A.D., and Green, M.O. (1985). 
“Prediction of beach and surf zone morphodynamics: Equilibria, rates 
of change, and frequency response.” Proceedings of the 19th Coastal 
Engineering Conference. American Society of Civil Engineers, New 
York, 2150-64. 


Wright, L.D., Nielsen, P., Short, A.D., Coffey, F.C., and Green, M.O. 
(1982). “Nearshore and surf zone morphodynamics of a storm wave 
environment: Eastern Bass Strait, Australia,” University of Sydney 
Coastal Studies Unit Technical Report 82/3, 154. 


Wright, L.D., Short, A.D., and Green, M.O. (1985). “Short-term changes 
in the morphologic states of beaches and surf zones: An empirical 
model,” Marine Geology 62, 339-64. 


Depth of Closure References 


Purpose 
A reference list addressing characteristics of the depth of closure. 


Birkemeier, W.A. (1985). “Field data on seaward limit of profile change,” 
Journal of Waterway, Port, Coastal, and Ocean Engineering 
111, 598-602. 


Boyd, R. (1981). “Sediment dispersal on the n.s.w. continental shelf.” 
Proceedings of the 17th Coastal Engineering Conference. American 
Society of Civil Engineers, New York, 1364-81. 


Cowell, P.J., Roy, P.S., Tomczak, M., and Short, A.D. (1983). “Outline 
and objectives of the Sydney sediment study,” Ocean Sciences Institute 
Report 8311, University of Sydney. 


Hallermeier, R.J. (1977). “Calculating a yearly limit depth to the active 
beach profile,” Technical Paper 77-9, Coastal Engineering Research 
Center, U.S. Army Engineer Waterways Experiment Station, 
Vicksburg, MS. 

. (1978). “Uses for a calculated limit depth to beach erosion.” 

Proceedings of the 16th Coastal Engineering Conference. American 

Society of Civil Engineers, New York, 1493-1512. 


. (1981a). “Critical wave conditions for sand motion 
initiation,” Coastal Eng. Tech. Aid No. 81-10, Coastal Engineering 
Research Center, U.S. Army Engineer Waterways Experiment Station, 
Vicksburg, MS. 


B42 abe . 
Appendix B_ Bibliography with Respect to Topic 


Hallermeier, R. J. (1981b). “A profile zonation for seasonal sand beaches 
from wave climate,” Coastal Engineering 4, 253-77. 


aa eS . (1981c). “Seaward limit of significant sand transport by 
waves: An annual zonation for seasonal profiles,’ Coastal Engineering 
Technical Aid 81-2, Coastal Engineering Research Center, U.S. Army 
Engineer Waterways Experiment Station, Vicksburg, MS. 


Hansen, M., and Lillycrop, W.J. (1988). “Evaluation of closure depth and 
its role in estimating beach fill volume.” Proceedings of Beach 
Preservation Technology ’88. Florida Shore and Beach Preservation 
Association, 107-14. 


Kraus, N. C. (1992). “Engineering approaches to coastal sediment 
transport processes.” Proceedings of the Short Course on Design and 
Reliability of Coastal Structures, 23rd International Coastal 
Engineering Conference. Tecnoprint snc, Bologna, Italy, 175-209. 


Kraus, N.C., and Harikai, S. (1983). “Numerical model of shoreline 
change at Oarai Beach,” Coastal Engineering 7(1), 1-28. 


Pearson, D.R., and Riggs, S.R. (1981). “Relationship of surface 
sediments on the lower forebeach and nearshore shelf to beach 
nourishment at Wrightsville Beach, North Carolina,” Shore and Beach 
49, 26-31. 


Pilkey, O. H., Young, R. S., Riggs, S. R., Smith, A. W. S., Wu, H., and 
Pilkey, W. D. (1993). “The concept of shoreface profile of 
equilibrium: A critical review,” Journal of Coastal Research 9, 
255-70. 


Poyitt, A.D. (1982). “A preliminary study of morphodynamic aspects of 
the nearshore zone,” bachelor’s thesis, University of Sydney. 


Stauble, D.K., Garcia, A.W., and Kraus, N.C. (1993). “ Beach 
nourishment project response and design evaluation: Ocean City, 
Maryland; Report 1: 1988-1992,” Technical Report CERC-93-13, U.S. 
Army Engineer Waterways Experiment Station, Vicksburg, MS. 


Stive, M.J., De Vriend, H.J., Nicholls, R.J., and Capobianco, M. (1992). 
“Shore nourishment and the active zone: A time scale dependent view.” 
Proceedings of the 23rd Coastal Engineering Conference. American 
Society of Civil Engineers, New York. 


Wright, L.D. (1987). “Shelf-surfzone coupling: Diabathic shoreface 
transport.” Coastal Sediments ’87. American Society of Civil 
Engineers, 85-101. 


Appendix B_ Bibliography with Respect to Topic 


B43 


Field Research Facility References 


Purpose 


A reference list addressing studies performed at CERC’s Field 
Research Facility at Duck, NC. Emphasis is placed on studies concerning 
cross-shelf sediment transport. 


Birkemeier, W. A. (1984). “A user’s guide to ISRP: The interactive 
survey reduction program,” Instruction Report CERC-84-1, U.S. 
Army Engineer Waterways Experiment Station, Vicksburg, MS. 


. (1985). “Time scales of nearshore profile change,” 
Proceedings of the 19th Coastal Engineering Conference. American 
Society of Civil Engineers, 1507-21. 


. (1985). “Field data on seaward limit of profile change,” 
Journal of Waterway, Port, Coastal, and Ocean Engineering 111, 
598-602. 


Birkemeier, W. A., Baron, C. F., Leffler, M. A., Hathaway, K. K., 
Miller, H. C., and Strider, J. B., Jr. (1989). “SUPERDUCK nearshore 
processes experiment: Summary of studies,CERC Field Research 
Facility,” Miscellaneous Paper CERC-89-16, U.S. Army Engineer 
Waterways Experiment Station, Vicksburg, MS. 


Birkemeier, W.A., Dewall, A.W., Gorbics, C.S., and Miller, H.C. (1981) 
“A user’s guide to CERC’s Field Research Facility,” CERC 
Miscellaneous Paper CERC 81-7 , U.S. Army Engineer Waterways 
Experiment Station, Vicksburg, MS. 


Birkemeier, W. A., and Mason, C. (1984). “The CRAB: A unique 
nearshore surveying vehicle,” American Society of Civil Engineers 
Journal of Surveying Engineering 110(1), 1-7. 


Crowson, R. A., Birkemeier, W. A., Klein, H. M., and Miller, H. C. 
(1989). “SUPERDUCK nearshore processes experiment: Summary of 
studies,CERC Field Research Facility,” Technical Report CERC-88-12, 
U.S. Army Engineer Waterways Experiment Station, Vicksburg, MS. 


Fleming, M. V., and DeWall, T. S. (1982). “Beach profile analysis 
system (bpas),” Technical Report CERC-82-1, Vol 1, U.S. Army 
Engineer Waterways Experiment Station, Vicksburg, MS. 


Green, M.O., Boon, J.D., List, J.H., and Wright, L.D. (1988). “Bed 
response to fairweather and stormflow on the shoreface.” Proceedings 
of the Twenty-First Coastal Engineering Conference. American Society 
of Civil Engineers, 1508-21. 


B44 hes , 
Appendix B Bibliography with Respect to Topic 


Howd, P. A., and Birkemeier, W. A. (1987). “Beach and nearshore 
survey data: 1981-1984,CERC Field Research Facility,” Technical 
Report CERC-87-9, U.S. Army Engineer Waterways Experiment 
Station, Vicksburg, MS. 


Dhol UA aa . (1987). “Storm-induced morphology change during 
DUCK85.” Proceedings of Coastal Sediments ’87. American Society of 
Civil Engineers, 834-47. 


Kraus, N. C., Gingerich, K. J., and Rosati, J. D. (1989). “DUCK85 surf 
zone sand transport experiment,” Technical Report CERC-89-5, U.S. 
Army Engineer Waterways Experiment Station, Vicksburg, MS. 


Larson, M., and Kraus, N.C. (1992). “Analysis of cross-shore movement 
of natural longshore bars and material placed to create longshore bars,” 
Technical Report DRP-92-5, U.S. Army Engineer Waterways 
Experiment Station, Vicksburg, MS. 


Lee, G., Birkemeier, W.A., Nicholls, R.J., and Leatherman, S.P. (1983). 
“Storm-induced temporal change of beach-nearshore profiles at the 
FRF, Duck NC.” Proceedings of the Hilton Head Island International 
Symposium, 503-08. 


Leffler, M. W., Baron, C. F., Scarborough, B. L., Hathaway, K. K., and 
Hayes, R. T. (1992). “Annual data summary for 1990, CERC Field 
Research Facility; Volume 1, Main text and Appendixes A and B,” 
Technical Report CERC-92-3, U.S. Army Engineer Waterways 
Experiment Station, Vicksburg, MS. 


Mason, C., Birkemeier, W.A., and Howd, P.A. (1987) “Overview of 
DUCK85 nearshore processes experiment,” Coastal Sediments ’ 87. 
American Society of Civil Engineers, 818-33. 


Mason, C., Sallenger, A.H., Holman, R.A., and Birkemeier, W.A. (1984). 
‘“DUCK82 - A coastal storm processes experiment.” Proceedings of the 
Conference on Coastal Engineering. American Society of Civil 
Engineers, 1913-28. 


Meisburger, E. P., and Judge, C. (1989). “Physiographic and geological 
setting of the Coastal Engineering Research Center’s Field Research 
Facility,” Miscellaneous Paper CERC-89-9, U.S. Army Engineer 
Waterways Experiment Station, Vicksburg, MS. 


Miller, H.C., Birkemeier, W.A., and DeWall, A.E. (1983). “Effects of 
CERC Research Pier on nearshore processes.” Proceedings of the 
International Conference on Coastal Structures ’83. American Society 
of Civil Engineers, 765-82. 


Appendix B_ Bibliography with Respect to Topic 


B45 


Richmond, B.M., and Sallenger, A.H., Jr. (1985). “Cross-shore transport 
of bimodal sands.” Proceedings of the 19th Coastal Engineering 
Conference. American Society of Coastal Engineers, New York, 2, 
1997-2008. 


Sallenger, A. H., Holman, R. A., and Birkemeier, W. A. (1985). “Storm 
induced response of a nearshore-bar system,” Journal of Marine 
Geology 64, 237-57. 


Schmittle, J.M. (1982). “Depositional facies relationships on a barred, 
moderately high-energy beach and shoreface zone, Duck, North 
Carolina,” Senior’s thesis, Allegheny College, Meadville, PA. 


Stauble, D.K. (1992). “Long term profile and sediment morphodynamics: 
the FRF case history,” Technical Report CERC-92-7, U.S. Army 
Engineer Waterways Experiment Station, Vicksburg, MS. 


Wright, L.D., 1993. “Micromorphodynamics of the inner continental 
shelf: a Middle Atlantic Bight case study,” Journal of Coastal 
Research - Spec. Issue 15. 


Wright, L.D., Boon, J.D., Green, M.O., and List, J.H. (1986). “Response 
of the mid shoreface of the southern Mid-Atlantic Bight to a 
northeaster,” Geomarine Letters 6, 153-60. 


Geological Framework References 


Purpose 


A reference list addressing regional geology of the Atlantic Coast of 
the United States with emphasis on the North Carolina continental shelf 
region. 


Beardsley, R.C., and Boicourt, W.C. (1981) “On estuarine and continental 
shelf circulation in the Middle Atlantic Bight.” Evolution of physical 
oceanography. B. Warren and C. Wunch, eds., Massachusetts Institute 
of Technology Press, Cambridge, 198-223. 


Boicourt, W.C., and Hacker, P.W. (1976). “ Circulation on the continental 
shelf of the United States, Cape May to Cape Hatteras,” Memorandum 
of the Society Royal Science Liege, 16th Series, 3, 187-200. 


Blankenship, J.B. (1978). “A comparison of shelf width and depth to 
shelfbreak: Eastern, western and gulf coasts, United States,” 
unpublished report, University of Southern California. 


B46 : st F 
Appendix B Bibliography with Respect to Topic 


Brown, P.J., Ehrlich, R., and Colquhoun, D.J. (1980). “Origin of patterns 
of quartz sand types on the southeastern United States continental shelf 
and implications on contemporary shelf sedimentation—Fourier grain 
shape analysis,” Journal of Sedimentary Petrology 50, 1095-1100. 


Bumpus, D.F. (1965). “Residual drift along the bottom on the continental 
shelf in the Middle Atlantic Bight area,” Limnology and 
Oceanography, Supplement 10, R50-R53. 


Butman, B., Noble, M., and Folger, D.W. (1979). “Long-term 
observations of bottom currents and bottom sediment movement on the 
Middle Atlantic continental shelf,” Journal of Geophysical Research 
84, 1187-1205. 


Crowson, R.A. (1980). “Nearshore rock exposures and their 
relationships to modern shelf sedimentation, Onslow Bay, North 
Carolina,” M.S. thesis, East Carolina University. 


Duane, D.B, Field, M.E., Meisburger, E.P., Swift, D.J.P., and Williams, 
S.J. (1972). “Linear shoals on the Atlantic inner continental shelf, 
Florida to Long Island.” Shelf sediment transport, D.J.P. Swift, D.B. 
Duane, and O.H. Pilkey, eds., Dowd, Hutchinson, and Ross, 
Stroudsburg, PA. 


Eames, G.B. (1983). “The late quaternary seismic stratigraphy, 
lithostratigraphy, and geologic history of a shelf-barrier-estuarine 
system, Dare County, North Carolina,” M.S. thesis, East Carolina 
University. 


Emery, K.O., and Uchupi, E. (1972). “Western North Atlantic Ocean: 
Topography, rocks, structure, water, life and sediments,” American 
Association of Petroleum Geologists Memoir 17, 1-532. 


Field, M.E., Carlson, P.R., and Hall, R.K. (1983). “Seismic facies of 
shelfedge deposits.” U.S. Pacific continental margin, the shelfbreak: 
Critical interface on continental margins. Society of Economic 
Paleontologists and Mineralogists Special Publication 33, 299-313. 


Gorsline, D.S. (1963). “Bottom sediments of the Atlantic shelf and slope 
off the southern United States,” Journal of Geology 71, 422-40. 


Hine, A.C., and Riggs, S.R. (1986). “Geological framework, cenozoic 
history, and modern prcesses of sedimentation on the North Carolina 
continental margin.” Society of Economic Paleontologists and 
Mineralogists Southeastern U.S. Third Annual Midyear Meeting Field 
Guidebook. D. A. Textoris, ed., 129-94. 


Knebel, H.J., and Folger, D.W. (1976). “Large sand waves on the 
Atlantic outer continental shelf around Wilmington Canyon, off eastern 
United States,” Marine Geology 22, M7-M15. 


Appendix B.. Bibliography with Respect to Topic 


B47 


Lyall, A.K., Stanley, D.J., Giles, R.H., and Fischer, A., Jr. (1971). 
“Suspended sediment and transport at the shelf-break and on the slope, 
Wilmington Canyon area, eastern U.S.A., Journal of Marine 
Technological Society 5, 15-27. 


McIntyre, I.G.,and Pilkey, O.H. (1969). “Preliminary comments on 
linear sand-surface features, Onslow Bay, North Carolina continental 
shelf: Problems in making detailed seafloor observation,” Maritime 
Sediments, 26-19. 


Meisburger, E.P., and Williams, S.J. (1987) “Late quaternary stratigraphy 
and geological character of coastal and inner shelf sediments of 
northern North Carolina.” Coastal Sediments ’87. 2141-56. 


Moorefield, T.P. (1978). “Geologic process and history of the Fort 
Fisher coastal area, North Carolina,” M.S. thesis, East Carolina 
University, Greenville. 


North Carolina Department of Natural Resources. (1988). “Long-term 
average annual erosion rates for the coast of North Carolina,” 
Division of Coastal Management Report. 


Pietrafesa, L.J. (1983). “Shelfbreak circulation, fronts and physical 
oceanography: East and west coast perspectives.” The shelfbreak: 
Critical interface on continental margins. Society of Economic 
Paleontologists and Mineralogists Special Publication 33, 233-50. 


Pilkey, O.H., MacIntyre, I.A., and Uchupi, E. (1971). “Shallow 
structure: Shelf edge of continental margin between Cape Hatteras and 
Cape Fear, North Carolina,” American Association Petroleum 
Geologist Bull. 55 110-15. 


Pearson, D.K. (1979). “Surface and shallow subsurface sediment regime 
of the nearshore inner continental shelf, Nags Head and Wilmington 
Areas, North Carolina, M.S. thesis, East Carolina University, 
Greenville. 


Pierce, J.W., and Colquhoun, D.J. (1970). Holocene evolution of a 
portion of the North Carolina coast," Geological Society of America 
Bulletin 81, 3697-3714. 


Popenoe, P., and Ward, L.W. (1983). “Description of high-resolution 
seismic reflection data collection in Albemarle and Croatan sounds, 
North Carolina,” U.S. Geological Survey Open-File Report, 83-513. 


Riggs, S.R. (1979). “A geologic profile of the North Carolina 
coastal-inner shelf system.” Ocean outfall wastewater disposal 
feasibility and planning Report No. 5, Institute for Coastal and Marine 
Sciences, East Carolina University. 


B48 Appendix B_ Bibliography with Respect to Topic 


Riggs, S.R. (1991). “Upper Cenozoic geology of the Onslow and Aurora 
Embayements of North Carolina,” Upper Cenozoic Geology of the 
Onslow and Aurora Embayments: Compilation of published abstracts 
from the literature." North Carolina Geological Survey, Information 
Circular No. 28, 3-25. 


Riggs, S.R., and Cleary, W.J. (1993) “Influence of inherited geologic 
framework upon barrier island morphology and shoreface dynamics.” 
Large scale coastal behavior ’93. U.S.G.S. Open File Report 93-381, 
173-1176. 


Riggs, S.R., and O’Connor, M.P. (1974). “Relict sediment deposits in a 
major transgressive coastal system,” University of North Carolina Sea 
Grant Publication No. UNC-SG-74-04. 


Riggs, S.R., Hine, A.C., and Snyder, S.W. (1989). “Northeastern North 
Carolina barrier island and associated coastal system: Complex 
products of multiple glacioustatic sea-level events.” Symposium on 
Barrier Islands. Geological Society of America Abstract with 
Programs 21. 


Riggs, S.R., Snyder, Scott W., Mearns, D., and Hine, A.C. (1986). 
“Hardbottoms: Their character and distribution in Onslow Bay, North 
Carolina continental shelf,” University of North Carolina Sea Grant 
Publication No. UNC-SG-86-25. 


Riggs, S.W., York, L.L., Wehmiller, J.F., and Snyder, S.W. “Depositional 
patterns resulting from high frequency Quaternary sea-level 
fluctuations in northeastern North Carolina,” Quaternary coasts of the 
United States. C.H. Fletcher and J. F. Wehmiller, eds., Society of 
Economic Paleontologists and Mineralogists Special Publication 28, in 
press. 


Rona, P.A. (1970). “Submarine canyon origin on upper continental slope 
off Cape Hatteras,” Journal of Geology 78, 141-152. 


Snyder, S. W. (1982). “Seismic stratigraphy within the Miocene Carolina 
phosphogenic province: chronostratigraphy, paleotopographic controls, 
sea-level cyclicity, gulf stream dynamics, and the resulting 
depositional framework,” M.S. thesis, University of North Carolina at 
Chapel Hill. 


Snyder, S.W., and Riggs, S.R. (1989). “Overview of the Neogene and 
Quaternary geologic history, North Carolina margin (Onslow Bay),” 
North Carolina Coastal Oceanography Symposium. R.Y. George and 
A.W. Hulbert, eds., National Oceanographic and Atmospheric 
Administration, National Undersea Research Program, University of 
North Carolina: Wilmington Research Report 89-2, 131-50. 


B49 
Appendix B Bibliography with Respect to Topic 


Snyder, S.W., Hine, A.C., and Riggs, S.R. (1982). “Miocene seismic 
stratigraphy, structural framework, and sea-level cyclicity: North 
Carolina continental shelf,” Southeastern Geology 23, 247-66. 


Snyder, S.W., Hine, A.C., Riggs, S.R., and Snyder, S.W. (1993). 
“Miocene geology of the continental shelf, Onslow Bay, North 
Carolina,” North Carolina Geological Survey Map Series No. 3. 


Snyder, S.W., Hoffman, C.W., and Riggs, S.R. “Seismic stratigraphic 
framework of the inner continental shelf: Mason Inlet to New Inlet, 
North Carolina,” North Carolina Geological Survey Bulletin No. 94-xx, 
in press. 


Snyder, S. W., Snyder S.W., Riggs, S.R., and Hine, A.C. (1991). 
“Sequence stratigraphy of Miocene deposits, North Carolina 
continental margin, The geology of the Carolinas. Carolina Geological 
Society, 50th Anniversary Volume, J.W. Horton, V.A Zullo, eds., 
University of Tennessee Press, Knoxville, 263-73. 


Stefansson, U., Atkinson, L.P., and Bumpus, D.F. (1971). “Hydrographic 
properties and circulation of the North Carolina shelf and slope 
waters,” Deep Sea Research 18, 383-420. 


Swift, D.J.P, Duane, D.B., and McKinney, T.F. (1973). “Ridge and swale 
topography of the Middle Atlantic Bight, North America: Secular 
response to the Holocene hydraulic regime,” Marine Geology 15, 
227-47. 


Uchupi, E. (1963). “Sediments on the continental margin off eastern 
United States,” United States Geological Survey Professional Paper 
475-C, C132-C137. 

Wells, J.T. (1988). “Accumulation of fine-grained sediments in a 


periodically energetic clastic environment, Cape Lookout Bight, North 
Carolina,” Journal of Sedimentary Petrology 58, 596-606. 


Comprehensive Study References 


Purpose 


A reference list addressing comprehensive studies concerning 
sedimentation and resulting stratigraphy, and depositional environments. 


Allen, J.R.L (1982). Sedimentary structures: Their character and physical 
basis. Elsevier, Amsterdam. 


B50 A : A 
Appendix B Bibliography with Respect to Topic 


Niedoroda, A.W., Swift, D.J.P., and Hopkins, T.S. (1985). “The 
shoreface.” Coastal sedimentary environments. R.A. Davis, Jr., ed., 
Springer-Verlag, New York, 533-624. 


Reading, H.G. (1978). “Sedimentary environments and facies.” Blackwell 
Scientific Publications, Oxford, England. 


Reineck, H.E., and Singh, I.B. (1986). Depositional sedimentary 
environments. 2nd ed., Springer-Verlag, New York, 97-103. 


Shepard, F.P. 1932. “Sediments of the continental shelves,” Bulletin of 
the Geological Society of America 43, 1017-40. 


Sverdrup, H.U., Johnson, M.W., and Fleming, R.H. (1942). The oceans: 
Their physics, chemistry, and general biology. Prentice-Hall, New 
York, 1060. 


Swift, D.J.P. (1976). “Continental shelf sedimentation,” Marine sediment 
transport and environmental management. D.J. Stanley and D.J.P 
Swift, eds., John Wiley and Sons, New York, 311-50. 


Walker, R.G. (1984). “Shelf and shallow marine sands,” Facies models. 
Geological Association of Canada, Toronto, 141-170. 


Organic Burrowing References 


Purpose 


A reference list addressing organism burrowing and the resulting 
structures, and the effect of burrowing on stratigraphy. 


Bellis, V. (1979). “Benthic communities in North Carolina coastal 
waters.” Ocean outfall wastewater disposal feasibility and planning. 
Institute for Coastal and Marine Sciences, East Carolina University, 
Report No. 5, 114-26. 


Berger, W.H., and Heath, G.R. (1968). “Vertical mixing in pelagic 
sediments,” Journal of Marine Research 26, 134-43. 


Fager, E.W. (1964). “Marine sediments: Effects of a tube building 
polychaete,” Science 143, 356-59. 


Golding, R., and Bridges, P. (1973). “Sublittoral sheet sandstones,” 
Journal of Sedimentary Petrology 43, 736-47. 


B51 
Appendix B_ Bibliography with Respect to Topic 


Hill, G.W. and Hunter, R.E. (1976). “Interaction of biological and 
geological processes in the beach and nearshore environments, 
northern Padre Island, Texas.” Beach and nearshore sedimentation. 
Society of Economic Paleontologists and Mineralogists Special 
Publication No. 24. 


Howard, J.D. (1972). “Trace fossils as criteria for recognizing shorelines 
in stratigraphic record.” Recognition of ancient sedimentary 
environments. Society of Economic Paleontologists and Mineralogists 
Special Publication 16, 215-225. 


Howard, J.D., and Reineck, H.E. (1972). “Georgia coastal region, Sapelo 
Island, USA: Sedimentology and biology; IV, Physical and biogenic 
sedimentary structures of the nearshore shelf,” Senckenb. Marine 4, 
81-123. 


Jumars, P.A., Nowell, A.R.M., and Self, R.F.L. (1981). “A simple model 
of flow-sediment-organism interaction,” Marine Geology 42, 155-72. 


Mayou, T.V., Howard, J.D., and Smith, K.L. (1969). “Techniques for 
sampling tracks, trails, burrows, and bioturbate textures in 
unconsolidated sediments,” Geological Society of America Special 
Paper 121, 665-666. 


Nichols, F.H. (1974). “Sediment turnover by a deposit feeding 
polychaete,” Limnology and Oceanography 19, 945-50. 


Nowell, A.R.M., Jumars, P.A., and Eckman, J.E. (1981). “Effects of 
biological activity on the entrainment of marine sediments,” 
Sedimentary Dynamics of Continental Shelves, Developments in 
Sedimentology. Elsevier, Amsterdam, The Netherlands, Vol 32, 133-53. 


Rhoads, D.C. (1963). “Rates of sediment reworking by Yoldia limatula 
in Buzzards Bay, Massachusetts and Long Island Sound,” Journal of 
Sedimentary Petrology 33, 723-27. 


pele ge dnl . (1974). “Organism-sediment relations on the muddy sea 
floor,” Oceanographical Marine Biological Annual Review 12, 
263-300. 


Rhoads, D.C., and Stanley, D.J. (1965). “Biogenic graded bedding,” 
Journal of Sedimentary Petrology 35, 956-63. 


Weimer, R.J., and Hoyt, J.H. (1964). “Burrows of Callianassa Major 
Say, geologic indicators of littoral and shallow neritic environments,” 
Journal of Paleontology 38, 761-67. 


B52 Appendix B_ Bibliography with Respect to Topic 


Cross-Shore Sediment Transport Model 
References 


Purpose 


A reference list addressing numerical and physical models concerning 
cross-shore sediment transport. 


Capobianco, M., DeVriend, H.J., Nicholls, R.J., and Stive, M.J.F. (1993). 
“Behavior-oriented models applied to long term profile evolution.” 
Large scale coastal behavior ’93. U.S. Geological Survey Open File 
Report 93-381, 21-24. 


Clarke, T.L., Swift, D.J.P., and Young, R.A. (1982). “A numerical model 
of fine sediment transport on the continental shelf,” Environmental 
Geology 4, 117-29. 


. (1983). “A stochastic modeling approach to shelf sediment 
dispersal,” Journal of Geophysical Research 88, 9653-60. 


Cowell, P.J., Roy, P.S., and Jones, R.A. (1992). “Shoreface translation 
model: Computer simulation of coastal-sandbody response to sea level 
rise,” Mathematics and Computers in Simulation 33, 603-08. 


Dally, W.R. “A unified model for cross-shore and longshore sediment 
transport,” Florida sea grant, (in press). 


Davies, A.G., Soulsby, R.L., and King, H.L. (1988). “A numerical model 
of the combined wave and current bottom boundary layer,” Journal of 
Geophysical Research 93, 491-508. 


Dean, R.G., and Maurmeyer, E.M. (1983). “Models for beach profile 
response,” Handbook of coastal processes and erosion. P.D. Komar, 
ed., CRC Press, Boca Raton, FL, 151-166. 


Galt, J.A. (1971). “A numerical investigation of pressure induced storm 
surges over the continental shelf,” Journal of Physical Oceanography 
1, 82-91. 


Hanson, H., and Kraus, N.C. (1989). “GENESIS: Generalized model for 
simulating shoreline change,” Technical Report CERC-89-19, U.S. 
Army Engineer Waterways Experiment Station, Vicksburg, MS. 


Keen, T.R., and Slingerland, R.L. “A numerical study of sediment 
transport and event bed genesis during Tropical Storm Delia,” Journal 
of Geophysical Research, in press. 


Appendix B_—_ Bibliography with Respect to Topic BS3 


Larson, M., and Kraus, N.C. (1989). “SBEACH: Numerical model for 
simulating storm-induced beach change,” Technical Report 
CERC-89-9, U.S. Army Engineer Waterways Experiment Station, 
Vicksburg, MS. 


Leont’ev, I.O. (1985). “Sediment transport and beach equilibrium 
profile,” Coastal Engineering 9(3), 277-91. 


Nairn, R.B., and Southgate, H.N. (1993). “Deterministic profile modelling 
of nearshore processes; Part I, Sediment transport and beach profile 
development,” Coastal Engineering 19, 57-96. 


Niedoroda, A.W., Reed, C.W., and Swift, D.J.P. (1993). Modeling 
shore-normal large-scale coastal evolution.” Large scale coastal 
behavior ’93. U.S.G.S. Open File Report 93-381, 141-44. 


Niedoroda, A.W., Swift, D.J.P., and Thorne, J.A. (1989). “Modeling shelf 
storm beds: Controls of bed thickness and bedding sequence.” Gulf 
Coast Section of the Society of Economic Paleontologists and 
Mineralogists Foundation Seventh Annual Research Conference 
Proceedings, April 1, 1989. 15-39. 


Seymour, R.J., and King, D.B. (1982). “Field comparison of cross-shore 
transport models,” Journal of Waterway, Port, and Coastal Ocean 
Division, American Society of Civil Engineers 108, 163-79. 


Southgate, H.N., and Nairn, R.B. (1993). “Deterministic profile modelling 
of nearshore processes; Part I, Waves and Currents,” Coastal 
Engineering, 19, 27-56. 


Smith, J.D. (1977). “Modeling of sediment transport on continental 
shelves.” The sea. Vol 6, E.D. Goldberg, ed., Wiley-Interscience, New 
York, 539-76. 


Wright, L.D., Short, A.D., and Green, M.O. (1985). “Short-term changes 
in the morphologic states of beaches and surf zones: An empirical 
model,” Marine Geology 62, 339-64. 


B54 Appendix B_ Bibliography with Respect to Topic 


Appendix C 
Bibliography with Respect to 
Topic and Location 


General References 


References in this appendix concern studies performed along the 
following coastlines: 


North American Pacific 


Bernard, Le Blanc, and Major (1962) 

Bruun (1954) - California 

Cacchione et al. (1984) - California 

Cacchione (1987) - California 

Cacchione et al. (1987) -- Northern California 
Caldwell (1956) - California 

Clifton (1976) - Oregon 

Clifton, Hunter, and Phillips (1971) - Oregon 
Dingler (1974) - California 

Dingler and Inman (1977) - California 

Drake, Kolpack, and Fischer (1972) - California 
Drake, Cacchione, and Karl (1985) - California 
Greenwood and Mittler (1984) - Canada 

Gross, Morse, and Barnes (1969) - Washington, Oregon 
Halpern (1976) - Oregon 

Howard and Reineck (1981) - California 
Hunter, Clifton and Phillips (1979) - Oregon 
Inman (1953) - California 

Inman (1957) - California 

Inman and Risnak (1956) - California (La Jolla) 
Inman, Swift, and Duane (1973) - Washington 
Kachel (1980) - Washington 

Komar, Neudeck, and Kulm (1972) - Oregon 
Komar and Miller (1975) - Oregon 

Korgen, Bodvarsson, and Kulm (1970) - Oregon 


Appendix C Bibliography with Respect - Topic & Location 


C2 


Larsen (1982) - Washington 

Miller and Komar (1980) - Oregon 

Nittrouer and Sternberg (1981) - Washington 

Pilkey et al. (1972) - Oregon 

Seymour (1983) - California (Scripps, Torrey Pines, Santa Barbara) 
Seymour (1986) - California (Scripps, Torrey Pines) 
Shepard (1950) - California 

Shepard and Inman (1951) - California (La Jolla) 
Smith and Hopkins (1972) - Washington, Oregon 
Sternberg (1972) - Washington 

Sternberg and McManus (1972) - Washington 
Sternberg and Larsen (1976) - Washington 

U.S. Department of Commerce (1984) - California 
Vernon (1965) - California 


North American Atlantic 


Beardsley, Butman (1974) - New England 

Birkemeier (1985a) - North Carolina (Duck) 

Birkemeier (1985b) - North Carolina (Duck) 

Birkemeier et al. (1989) - North Carolina (Duck) 

Birkemeier et al. (1991) - South Carolina 

Bowen (1980) - Canada 

Brown, Ehrlich, and Colquhoun (1980) - Southeast Atlantic Coast 
Bumpus (1965) 

Butman and Folger (1979) - Mid-Atlantic Coast 

Butman, Noble, and Folger (1977) - Mid-Atlantic Coast 
Crowson (1980) - North Carolina 

Crowson et al. (1988) - North Carolina (Duck) 
Davidson-Armott and Greenwood (1974) - Canada (New Brunswick) 
Davidson-Armott and Greenwood (1976) - Canada (New Brunswick) 
Davidson-Arnott and McDonald (1989) - Canada 

Dean (1977) - Southeast Atlantic Coast 

Duane et al. (1972) 

Eames (1983) - North Carolina 

Figueiredo et al. (1981) 

Figueiredo, Sanders, and Swift (1982) - Central Atlantic Coast 
Fleming and De Wall (1982) 

Gadd, Lavelle, and Swift (1978) - New York 

Gorsline (1963) - Atlantic Coast 

Green et al. (1988) - North Carolina (Duck) 

Greenwood and Mittler (1984) - Canada 

Greenwood and Hale (1980) - Canada (New Brunswick) 
Greenwood and Osborne (1991) - Canada (New Brunswick) 
Hall and Herron (1950) - New Jersey 

Hayden et al. (1975) 

Hine and Riggs (1986) - North Carolina 

Howard and Reineck (1972) - Georgia 

Howard and Reineck (1981) - Georgia 


Appendix C Bibliography with Respect - Topic & Location 


Howd and Birkemeier (1987) 

Kraus, Gingerich, and Rosati (1989) - North Carolina (Duck) 

Lavelle et al. (1978) - New York 

Leffler et al. (1992) 

Liu and Zarillo (1987) - New York 

Ludwick (1977) - Virginia 

Luternauer and Pilkey (1967) - North Carolina 

Madsen et al. (1993) - North Carolina (Duck) 

Mason et al. (1984) - North Carolina (Duck) 

Mason et al. (1984) - North Carolina (Duck) 

McClennen (1973) - New Jersey 

Meisburger and Judge (1989) - North Carolina (Duck) 

Niedoroda and Swift (1981) - New York 

Osborne and Greenwood (1992) - Canada (Nova Scotia) 

Pearson and Riggs (1981) - North Carolina 

Pilkey (1968) - Southeast Atlantic Coast 

Pilkey and Field (1972) - Southeast Atlantic Coast 

Reineck and Enos (1968) - Florida 

Riggs (1979) - North Carolina 

Riggs (1991) - North Carolina 

Riggs and O’Connor (1974) - North Carolina 

Riggs et al.. (1986) - North Carolina 

Sallenger, Holman, and Birkemeier (1985) 

Schmittle (1982) 

Schwartz, Hobson and Musialowski (1981) - North Carolina (Topsail 
Island) 

Schwing, Kjerfve, and Sneed (1983) - South Carolina 

Shipp (1984) - New York 

Seymour (1983) - Virginia (Virginia Beach) 

Snyder, Hine, and Riggs (1982) - North Carolina 

Snyder and Riggs (1989) - North Carolina 

Snyder et al. (1991) - North Carolina 

Snyder et al. (1993) - North Carolina 

Snyder, Hoffman, and Riggs (in press) - North Carolina 

Stauble (1992) - North Carolina (Duck) 

Stauble, Garcia, and Kraus (1993) - Maryland 

Stefansson, Atkinson, and Bumpus (1971) - North Carolina 

Stubblefield, Permenter, and Swift (1977) - New York 

Swift and Freeland (1978) - Mid-Atlantic Coast 

Swift, Freeland, and Young (1979) - Mid-Atlantic Coast 

Swift, Thorne, and Oertel (1986) - Mid-Atlantic Coast 

Swift et al. (1981) - New York, Maryland, Massachusetts (Nantucket) 

Swift, Thorne, and Oertel (1986) 

Swift, Han, and Vincent (1986) - Mid-Atlantic Coast 

Twichell (1983) - Massachusetts (Georges Bank) 

Vaughn et al. (1987) - North Carolina 

Vincent (1986) - Mid-Atlantic Coast 

Vincent, Swift, and Hillard (1981) - New York 

Vincent, Young, and Swift (1982) - New York 

Vincent, Young, and Swift (1983) - New York 


C3 


Appendix C Bibliography with Respect - Topic & Location 


C4 


Windom and Gross (1989) - Southeast Atlantic Coast 
Uchupix (1963) - Mid-Atlantic Coast 

Wright et al. (1986) 

Wright et al. (1991) - North Carolina (Duck) 

Wright (1993) - North Carolina (Duck) 


United States Gulf of Mexico 


Bernard, LeBlanc, and Major (1962) - Texas 
Brooks (1983) - Texas 

Dean (1977) - Eastern Gulf Coast 

Dupre (1985) - Texas 

Forristall, Hamilton, and Cardone (1977) 
Gorsline (1963) 

Hayes (1967a) - Texas 

Hayes (1967b) - Texas 

Hayes (1967c) - Texas 

Hayden et al.. (1975) 

Hill and Hunter (1976) - Texas 

Keen and Slingerland (1993a) - Texas 

Keen and Slingerland (1993b) - Texas 
Morton (1981) - Texas, Louisiana 

Morton (1988) 

Morton and Winker (1979) - Texas 

Murray (1970) - Mississippi 

Nummedal and Snedden (1987) - Texas 
Smith (1977) 

Snedden, Nummedal, and Amos (1988) - Texas 


North Sea 


Aagaard (1988) 

Arlman, Santema, and Svasek (1958) 
Bruun (1954) 

Morton (1981) 

Reineck and Singh (1971) 

Swift et al. (1981) 

Winkelmolen and Veenstra (1980) 


North American Great Lakes 


Engstrom (1974) - Lake Superior 
Hands (1979) 
Hands (1980) 
Hands (1981) 
Hands (1983) 
Hands (1984) 


Appendix C Bibliography with Respect - Topic & Location 


Greenwood and Sherman (1984) - Lake Huron 
Greenwood and Osborne (1991) - Georgian Bay 
Osborne and Greenwood (1992) - Lake Huron 
Stockberger and Woods (1990) 


Other Locations 


Beydoun (1976) - Eastern Mediterranean Sea 
Boon and Green (1989) - Caribbean 

Boyd (1981) - Southeast Australia 

Channon and Hamilton (1976) - Southwest England 
Clifton (1976) - Southeast Spain 

Cowell et al. (1983) - Southeast Australia 
Field et al. (1981) - Bering Sea 

Field and Roy (1984) - Southeast Australia 
Figueiredo, Sanders, and Swift (1982) - Brazil 
Flemming (1980) - South Africa 

Gagan, Chivas, and Herczag (1990) - Southeast Australia 
Gao and Collins (1992) - China 

Hino, Yamashita, and Yoneyama (1981) - Japan 
Hunter, Thor, and Swisher (1982) - Bering Sea 
Jago and Borusseau (1981) - France 

Kuo, Su, and Liu (1980) - Japan 

Kuo et al. (1987) - Japan 

Pae and Iwagaki (1985) - Japan 

Roy and Stephens (1980) - Southeast Australia 
Short (1984) 

Wells and James (1981) - South America 


Sediment Transport Mechanisms References 


These references concern the inner-shelf mechanisms (processes) 
which result in cross-shore sediment transport. Complete citations can be 
found in the Coastal Processes reference list in Appendix B. 


North American Pacific 


Cacchione (1987) - California 

Gross, Morse, and Barnes (1969) - Washington, Oregon 
Halpern (1976) - Oregon 

Korgen, Bodvarsson, and Kulm (1970) - Oregon 
Seymour (1986) - California (Torrey Pines, Scripps) 


Appendix C Bibliography with Respect - Topic & Location 


C5 


C6 


North American Atlantic 


Bumpus (1965) - Atlantic Coast 

Butman and Folger (1979) - Mid-Atlantic Coast 
Beardsley, Butman (1974) - New England 

Birkemeier et al. (1989) - North Carolina (Duck) 
Crowson et al. (1988 - North Carolina (Duck) 
Davidson-Arnott and McDonald (1989) - Canada 

Harris, R.L. (1954) - New Jersey 

Lavelle et al. (1978) - New York 

Madsen et al. (1993) - North Carolina (Duck) 

Mason et al. (1984) - North Carolina (Duck) 

Niedoroda and Swift (1981) - New York 

Osborne and Greenwood (1992a) - Canada (Nova Scotia) 
Schwing, Kjerfve, and Sneed (1983) - South Carolina 
Seymour (1986) - Virginia (Virginia Beach) 

Stefansson, Atkinson, and Bumpus (1971) - North Carolina 
Swift, Han, and Vincent (1986) - Mid-Atlantic Coast 
Vincent (1986) - Mid-Atlantic Coast 

Williams (1976) - New York 

Windom and Gross - Southern Atlantic Coast 


United States Gulf of Mexico 


Forristall, Hamilton, and Cardone (1977) 
Hands (1983) 

Hands (1991) - Alabama 

Murray, 1970 - Mississippi 

Smith (1977) 

Snedden, Nummedal, and Amos (1988) - Texas 
Williams and Meisburger (1987) -New York 


North American Great Lakes 

Greenwood and Sherman (1984) - Lake Huron 
Osborne and Greenwood (1992b) - Lake Huron 
Other Locations 


Wells and James (1981) - South America 


Appendix C Bibliography with Respect - Topic & Location 


Cross-Shore Sediment Transport References 


A reference list documenting references which give evidence of 
cross-shore sediment transport on the inner shelf (shelf-beach sediment 
exchange) is divided by regional area as follows: (The reference list 
entitled “Sediment Transport” in Appendix B addresses additional inner 
shelf sediment references.) 


North American Pacific 


Cacchione et al. (1987) - North Carolina 

Caldwell (1956) - California (Anaheim) 

Drake, Kolpack, and Fischer (1972) - California 

Drake, Cacchione, and Karl (1985) - California 

Inman (1953) - California (La Jolla) 

Inman (1957) - California 

Inman and Risnak (1956) - California (La Jolla) 

Inman, Swift, and Duane (1973) - Washington 

Kachel (1980) - Washington 

Larsen (1982) - Washington 

Osborne and Yeh (1991) - California 

Osborne, Yeh, and Lu (1991) - California 

Pilkey and Field (1972) - Southeast United States 

Shepard (1950) - California 

Shepard and Inman (1951) - California (La Jolla) 

Smith and Hopkins (1972) - Washington, Oregon 

Sternberg (1972) - Washington 

Sternberg and McManus (1972) - Washington 

Sternberg and Larsen (1976) - Washington 

U.S. Department of Commerce (1984) - California; Nearshore Sediment 
Transport Study 

Vernon (1965) - California 


North American Atlantic 


Bowen (1980) - Canada 

Butman, Noble, and Folger (1977) - Mid-Atlantic Coast 
Figueiredo, Sanders, and Swift (1982) - Central Atlantic Coast 
Gadd, Lavelle, and Swift (1978) - New York 

Green et al. (1988) - North Carolina (Duck) 

Greenwood and Mitiler (1984) - Canada 

Hall and Herron (1950) - New Jersey 

Hubbard (1992) - U.S. Virgin Islands 

Kraus, Gingerich, and Rosati (1989) - North Carolina (Duck) 
Ludwick (1977) - Virginia 

McClennen (1973) - New Jersey 

Pearson and Riggs (1981) - North Carolina 


7 
Appendix C Bibliography with Respect - Topic & Location C 


C8 


Pilkey (1968) - Southeast Atlantic United States 

Pilkey and Field (1972) - Southeast Atlantic United States 
Reineck and Enos (1968) - Florida 

Richmond and Sallenger (1985) - North Carolina 

Stauble (1992) - North Carolina (Duck) 

Stauble, Garcia, and Kraus (1993) - Maryland 
Stubblefield, Permenter, and Swift (1977) - New York 
Swift et al. (1981) - New York, Maryland, Massachusetts (Nantucket) 
Swift, Thorne, and Oertel (1986) 

Twichell (1983) - Georges Bank 

Wright et al. (1986) 

Wright et al. (1991) - North Carolina (Duck) 

Vincent, Swift, and Hillard (1981) - New York 

Vincent, Young, and Swift (1982) - New York 

Vincent, Young, and Swift (1983) - New York 

Williams (1976) - New York 

Williams and Meisburger (1987) - New York 

Windo, and Gross (1989) - Southeast Atlantic Coast 


United States Gulf of Mexico 


Bernard, LeBlanc, and Major (1962) - Texas 
Brooks (1983) - Texas 

Dupre (1985) - Texas 

Hayes (1967a) - Texas 

Hayes (1967b) - Texas 

Hayes (1967c) - Texas 

Hill and Hunter (1976) - Texas 

Keen, T.R., and Slingerland, R.L. (1993a) - Texas 
Keen, T.R., and Slingerland, R.L. (1993b) - Texas 
Morton (1981) - Texas, Louisiana 

Morton (1988) 

Snedden, Nummedal, Amos, (1988) - Texas 


North American Great Lakes 


Osborne, P.D., and Greenwood, B. 1992 - Lake Huron 


North Sea 


Aagaard (1988) 

Arlman, Santema, and Svasek (1958) 
Morton (1981) 

Swift et al. (1981) 

Winkelmolen and Veenstra (1980) 


Appendix C Bibliography with Respect - Topic & Location 


Other Locations 


Beydoun (1976) - Eastern Mediterranean Sea 

Boyd (1981) - Southeast Australia 

Channon and Hamilton (1976) - Southwest England 
Cowell et al. (1983) - Southeast Australia 
Figueiredo, Sanders, and Swift (1982) - Brazil 
Gagan, Chivas, and Herczag (1990) - Southeast Australia 
Gao and Collins (1992) - China 

Hino, Yamashita, and Yoneyama (1981) - Japan 
Jago and Borusseau (1981) - France 

Kuo, Su, and Liu (1980) - Japan 

Kuo et al. (1987) - Japan 

Pae and Iwagaki (1985) - Japan 

Roy and Stephens (1980) - Southeast Austraiia 


Sedimentation/Stratigraphy References 


Numerous studies are concerned with stratigraphy and sedimentology 
of the nearshore shelf. A lot of these studies are from coastlines with 
different wave, tide, and morphologic settings. References concerning the 
sedimentation/stratigraphic characteristics of onshore-offshore sediment 
transport are broken down by region (The sedimentation/stratigraphy 
reference list of Appendix B contains additional references related to this 
subject.): 


North American Pacific 


Bernard, Le Blanc, and Major (1962) 
Cacchione et al. (1984) - California 

Clifton (1976) - Washington, Oregon 

Clifton, Hunter, and Phillips (1971) - Oregon 
Dingler (1974) - California 

Dingler and Inman (1977) - California 
Greenwood and Mittler (1984) - Canada 
Harms, Southard, and Walker (1982) - California 
Harms, Southard, and Walker (1982) - Oregon 
Howard and Reineck (1981) - Canada 

Hunter, Clifton, and Phillips (1979) - Oregon 
Inman (1957) - California 

Komar, Neudeck, and Kulm (1972) - Oregon 
Komar and Miller (1975) 

Miller and Komar (1980) 

Nittrouer and Sternberg (1981) - Washington 
Pilkey et al. (1972) - Oregon 


Appendix C Bibliography with Respect - Topic & Location 


North American Atlantic 


Brown, Ehrlich, and Colquhoun (1980) - Southeast Atlantic Coast 

Davidson-Arnott and Greenwood (1974) - New Brunswick, California 

Davidson-Arnott and Greenwood (1976) - New Brunswick, California 

Duane et al. (1972) 

Eames (1983) - North Carolina 

Figueiredo et al. (1981) 

Figueiredo, Sanders, and Swift (1982) 

Green et al. (1988) - North Carolina (Duck) 

Harms, Southard, and Walker (1982) - Georgia 

Howard and Reineck (1972) 

Gorsline (1963) - Eastern United States 

Greenwood and Hale (1980) - New Brunswick, California 

Greenwood and Osborne (1991) - New Brunswick, California 

Howard and Reineck (1972) - Georgia 

Howard and Reineck (1981) - Georgia 

Luternauer and Pilkey (1967) - North Carolina 

McBride and Moslow (1991) 

Mearns, Hine, and Riggs (1988) - North Carolina 

Meisburger and Judge (1989) - North Carolina (Duck) 

Meisburger and Williams (1987) - North Carolina 

Riggs (1979) - North Carolina 

Riggs and O’Connor (1974) - North Carolina 

Schmittle (1982) 

Schwartz, Hobson, and Musialowski (1981) - North Carolina (Topsail 
Beach) 

Shipp (1984) - New York 

Snyder, Hoffman and Riggs (in press) - North Carolina 

Snyder et al. (1993) - North Carolina 

Stubblefeld, Paramenter, and Swift (1977) 

Swift and Freeland (1978) - Mid-Atlantic Coast 

Swift, Freeland, and Young (1979) - Mid-Atlantic Coast 

Swift, Thorne, and Oertel (1986) - Mid-Atlantic Coast 

Uchupi (1963) - Eastern United States 

Uchupi (1968) - Eastern United States 

Uchupi (1970) - Eastern United States 

Wright et al. (1991) - North Carolina (Duck) 

Wright (1993) - North Carolina (Duck) 


United States Gulf of Mexico 


Gorsline (1963) - Southern United States 
Hill and Hunter (1976) 

Morton and Winker (1979) - Texas 
Nummedal and Snedden (1987) - Texas 


C10 Appendix C Bibliography with Respect - Topic & Location 


North Sea 


Aagaard (1988) 
Reineck and Singh (1971) 
Harms, Southard, and Walker (1982) 


Other Locations 


Clifton (1976) - Southeast Spain 

Engstrom (1974) - Lake Superior 

Field et al. (1981) - Bering Sea 

Field and Roy (1984) - SE Australia 

Figueiredo, Sanders, and Swift (1982) - Brazil 
Flemming (1980) - South Africa 

Greenwood and Osborne (1991) - Georgian Bay 
Harms, Southard, and Walker (1982) - South Africa 
Hunter, Thor, and Swisher (1982) - Bering Sea 
Short (1984) - Australia 


Appendix C Bibliography with Respect - Topic & Location 


C11 


t iy 
yore 


REPORT DOCUMENTATION PAGE BENE Orbea eB 


Public reporting burden for this collection of information is estimated to average 1 hour per response, including the time for reviewing instructions, searching existing data sources, gathering and maintaining 
the data needed, and completing and reviewing the collection of information. Send comments regarding this burden estimate or any other aspect of this collection of information, including suggestions 
for reducing this burden, to Washington Headquarters Services, Directorate for Information Operations and Reports, 1215 Jefferson Davis Highway, Suite 1204, Arlington, VA 22202-4302, and to the 
Office of Management and Budget, Paperwork Reduction Project (0704-0188), Washington, DC 20503. 


. TITLE AND SUBTITLE 5. FUNDING NUMBERS 
| Literature Review on the Geologic Aspects of Inner Shelf 
Cross-Shore Sediment Transport 


1. AGENCY USE ONLY (Leave blank) 2. REPORT DATE 3. REPORT TYPE AND DATES COVERED 
February 1995 Final report 


. AUTHOR(S) 

J. Bailey Smith 

7. PERFORMING ORGANIZATION NAME(S) AND ADDRESS(ES) 8. PERFORMING ORGANIZATION 
U.S. Army Engineer Waterways Experiment Station REPORT NUMBER 
3909 Halls Ferry Road, Vicksburg, MS 39180-6199 Miscellaneous Paper CERC-95-3 

9. SPONSORING/MONITORING AGENCY NAME(S) AND ADDRESS(ES) 10. SPONSORING/MONITORING 
U.S. Army Corps of Engineers AGENCY REPORT NUMBER 
Washington, DC 20314-1000 


11. SUPPLEMENTARY NOTES 
Available from National Technical Information Service, 5285 Port Royal Road, Springfield, VA 22161. 


12a. DISTRIBUTION/AVAILABILITY STATEMENT 12b. DISTRIBUTION CODE 


Approved for public release; distribution is unlimited. 


13. ABSTRACT (Maximum 200 words) 

This report reviews literature concerning the geological aspects of inner continental shelf physical processes, sediment 
transport, and stratigraphy. Although surf zone and nearshore processes and sediment transport have been extensively ad- 
dressed in the literature, inner shelf processes and sediment transport, particularly in the cross-shelf direction, are not well un- 
derstood. Inner continental shelf processes and related cross-shore sediment transport between the beach and the inner shelf 
have important implications for engineering works such as beachfill design and dredged material placement. 

Specific topics considered include: depth of closure and extent of sediment transport landward and seaward of this zone; 
processes that cause cross-shore movement of sediment; amount and physical characteristics of beach material lost to the off- 
shore; long-term fate of sediment that has moved offshore; relationship between depositional structures and flow processes; 
the impact of episodic storms on sedimentation; and the importance of the geologic framework on the inner shelf. Discus- 
sions pertain to the relationships between sediment transport on the inner shelf and the concepts of equilibrium profile, depth 
of closure, and sedimentation and stratigraphic characteristics of the inner shelf. 


SUBJECT TERMS 15. NUMBER OF PAGES 


Cross-shore Geologic framework 161 
Depth of closure Inner shelf 
Equilibrium profile Sediment transport pie their at 


SECURITY CLASSIFICATION |18. SECURITY CLASSIFICATION |19. SECURITY CLASSIFICATION |20. LIMITATION OF ABSTRACT 


OF REPORT OF THIS PAGE OF ABSTRACT 
UNCLASSIFIED UNCLASSIFIED 
NSN 7540-01-280-5500 Standard Form 298 (Rev. 2-89) 


Prescribed by ANSI Std. Z39-18 
298-102 


i 
or TAS ren he 


AS Pas Ho jeanahen ee ig 


1 


a 
we 9 sien ore Mi: 


pod hee = sam a 
Shea TON 
- ee fe - 


x ‘ ar Rig te ibe K he des asf i } a7, i A Eth ie if Bae oh sas hes : 3 i a , . A = 
Heres, eae eae Her les Raa eee pines Rone elas ve Wt claw vuelta ogee 4 
ERED SER ie Te mm eek ome ha cane — ee 


aL 


coe ie peat 
9 nae a ty TI: 
ri FOUN A NE AAR as are yee — ain: envio yak ae) 
|) ae pa a i au par. 4 fis ste ai dehien ne " ata he me abityes Wwe lansidoric 
(Sis at 5 eo] He F ate ga E hae: eT cai aig ie Shien beaisiolh 


ORS Ape. gush Vani) 
pene Pera : 


Destroy this report when no longer needed. Do not return it to the originator. 


= 


DEPARTMENT OF THE ARMY 
WATERWAYS EXPERIMENT STATION, CORPS OF ENGINEERS 
3909 HALLS FERRY ROAD 
VICKSBURG, MISSISSIPP} 39180-6199 SPECIAL 
FOURTH CLass 
Official Business BOOKS/FILA 


27E/LP5/ 1 


WOODS HOLE OCEANGRAPHIC INSTITUTE 
ATTN: AR. WILLIAM DUNKLE 

DATA LIBRARY 

WOODS HOLE MA 62543-1998